New Testament Verbs of Communication: A Case Frame and Exegetical Study 9780567665171, 9780567496324, 9780567228468

Citation preview

LIBRARY OF NEW TESTAMENT STUDIES

520 Formerly Journal for the Study of the New Testament Supplement Series

Editor Chris Keith

Editorial Board Dale C. Allison, John M. G. Barclay, Lynn H. Cohick, R. Alan Culpepper, Craig A. Evans, Robert Fowler, Simon J. Gathercole, John S. Kloppenborg, Michael Labahn, Love L. Sechrest, Robert Wall, Steve Walton, Robert L. Webb, Catrin H. Williams

NEW TESTAMENT VERBS OF COMMUNICATION

A Case Frame and Exegetical Study

Paul L. Danove

Bloomsbury T&T Clark An imprint of Bloomsbury Publishing Plc LON DON • OX F O R D • N E W YO R K • N E W D E L H I • SY DN EY

Bloomsbury T&T Clark An imprint of Bloomsbury Publishing Plc Imprint previously known as T&T Clark 50 Bedford Square London WC1B 3DP UK

1385 Broadway New York NY 10018 USA

www.bloomsbury.com BLOOMSBURY, T&T CLARK and the Diana logo are trademarks of Bloomsbury Publishing Plc First published 2015 Paperback edition first published 2016 © Paul L. Danove, 2015 Paul L. Danove has asserted his right under the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act, 1988, to be identified as Author of this work. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or any information storage or retrieval system, without prior permission in writing from the publishers. No responsibility for loss caused to any individual or organization acting on or refraining from action as a result of the material in this publication can be accepted by Bloomsbury or the author. British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN: HB: 978-0-56749-632-4 PB: 978-0-56767-197-4 ePDF: 978-0-56722-846-8 Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Danove, Paul L., author. New Testament verbs of communication : a case frame and exegetical study / by Paul Danove. pages cm. – (Library of new testament studies ; 520) Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 978-0-567-49632-4 (hardcover) – ISBN 978-0-567-22846-8 (ePDF) 1. Greek language, Biblical–Verb. 2. Bible. New Testament–Language, style. I. Title. PA847.D38 2014 487’.4–dc23 2014031841 Series: Library of New Testament Studies, volume 520 Typeset by Forthcoming Publications Ltd (www.forthpub.com) Printed and bound in Great Britain

To Steve, Joe, Spike, Colin, Dorothy, Anie, Sal, and Grace

CONTENTS Preface Abbreviations

xi xv

Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION TO CASE FRAME ANALYSIS 1. Presuppositions and Concepts of Case Frame Analysis 2. Syntactic Analysis and Description 3. Semantic Analysis and Description 4. Lexical Analysis and Description 5. Required Complement Omission and Retrieval 6. Application of the Case Frame Method

1 1 4 4 11 14 21

Chapter 2 INTRODUCTION TO USAGE, EVENT, AND SEMANTIC FEATURES 1. The Conceptualization of Events 2. The Further Description of Usages: Usage Features 3. The Derivation of Events: Event Features 4. The Further Speci¿cation of Lexical Realizations: Semantic Features 5. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide Entries 6. Presentation of the Study Chapter 3 ORAL COMMUNICATION: USAGES ACE ^C +OR 1. The Licensing Properties and Translation of Verbs with Usages ACE ^C +or 2. Usage #1: ACE ^C +or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 3. Usage #2: ACE ^C +or (Cmm. Mid. Ditr.) 4. Usage #3: AC[E] ^C +or (Cmm. Pass. Trans.) 5. Usage #4: A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or (Cmm. Act. Trans.) 6. Usage #5: A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or (Cmm. Mid. Trans.) 7. Usage #6: ACE ^C CJT +or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 8. Usage #7: ACE ^C CJT +or (Cmm. Mid. Ditr.) 9. -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination with Usages ACE ^C +or 10. The Feature Model Description of Usages ACE ^C +or 1

22 22 24 32 37 43 48 49 49 52 53 61 63 64 65 65 67 72

viii

Contents

Chapter 4 ORAL COMMUNICATION: USAGES ACE ^E +OR 1. The Licensing Properties and Translation of Verbs with Usages ACE ^E +or 2. Usage #8: ACE ^E +or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 3. Usage #9: ACE ^E +or (Cmm. Mid. Ditr.) 4. Usage #10: A{C}E ^E +or (Cmm. Act. Trans.) 5. Usage #11: A{C}E ^E +or (Cmm. Mid. Trans.) 6. Usage #12: ACE ^E CJT +or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 7. The ^C/^E Distinction with Three Verbs 8. -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination with Usages ACE ^E +or 9. The Feature Model Description of Usages ACE ^E +or Chapter 5 NON-ORAL COMMUNICATION: ALL USAGES ACE –OR 1. The Licensing Properties and Translation of Verbs with Usages ACE –or 2. Usage #13: ACE ^C –or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 3. Usage #14: ACE ^C –or (Cmm. Mid. Ditr.) 4. Usage #15: A[C]E ^C [C=A] –or (Cmm. Pass. Trans.) 5. Usage #16: A{C}E ^C {C=V} –or (Cmm. Act. Trans.) 6. Usage #17: ACE ^C CJT –or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 7. Usage #18: ACE ^E –or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 8. Usage #19: AC[E] ^E [E=A] –or (Cmm. Pass. Ditr.) 9. Usage #20: ACE ^E CJT –or (Cmm. Act. Ditr.) 10. Usage #21: AC[E] ^E CJT [E=A] –or (Cmm. Pass. Trans.) 11. The Verb with Usages ACE ^C –or and ACE ^E –or 12. -FHX Melding with Usage ACE –or 13. The Feature Model Description of Usages ACE –or Chapter 6 USAGES OF EVENTS DERIVED FROM COMMUNICATION (ACE) 1. The Interpretation and Translation of Usages of Derived Events 2. Usage #22: (A)CE (Cog. Act. Trans.) 3. Usage #23: (A)CE (Cog. Mid. Trans.) 4. Usage #24: AC(E) CJP (Eff. Act. Trans.) 5. Usage #25: AC(E) CJP (Eff. Mid. Trans.) 6. Usage #26: A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} (Eff. Act. Intr.) 7. Usage #27: A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} (Eff. Mid. Intr.) 1

75 75 77 80 81 82 83 83 90 92 94 94 99 102 103 105 106 106 107 109 110 110 111 111 116 116 121 122 123 124 125 126

Contents

8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Usage #28: AC(E)+B CJP (Ben. Act. Ditr.) Usage #29: AC(E)+[B] CJP [B=A] (Ben. Pass. Trans.) Usage #30: AC(E)+R CJP (Mod. Act. Ditr.) Usage #31: (A)C(E)+R CJP (Des. Act. Trans.) The Feature Model Description of Usages

ix

126 130 130 131 132

Chapter 7 ORAL COMMUNICATION FOR A BENEFACTIVE: ALL USAGES ACEB +OR 1. The Licensing Properties and Translation of Verbs with Usages ACEB +or 2. Usage #32: ACE[B] ^C [B=A] +or (Cmm. Pass. Ditr.) 3. Usage #33: A{C}E[B] ^C {C=V} [B=A] +or (Cmm. Pass. Trans.) 4. Usage #34: ACE[B] ^C CJT [B=A] +or (Cmm. Pass. Ditr.) 5. Usage #35: ACE[B] ^E [B=A] +or (Cmm. Pass. Ditr.) 6. Usage #36: A{C}E[B] ^E {C=V} [B=A] +or (Cmm. Pass. Trans.) 7. The ^C/^E Distinction with EFPNBJ 8. -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination with Usages ACEB ^C/^E +or 9. The Feature Model Description of Usages

141 143

Chapter 8 THE ACTIVE/MIDDLE DISTINCTION WITH FOUR VERBS 1. Statement of the Active/Middle Distinction 2. The Active/Middle Distinction with BJUFX 3. The Active/Middle Distinction with BQFJMFX 4. The Active/Middle Distinction with EJBUB TTX 5. The Active/Middle Distinction with FVBHHFMJ[X 6. Veri¿cation of the Active/Middle Distinction

145 145 147 159 160 162 164

Chapter 9 FURTHER CONSIDERATIONS AND CONCLUSION 1. -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination Revisited 2. Affectedness Revisited 3. Emphasis Revisited: A Second Characteristic of Emphasis 4. Emphasis Revisited: A Third Characteristic of Emphasis 5. Conclusion

165 165 174 177 182 187

1

133 133 134 136 137 137 139 140

x

Contents

Chapter 10 THE CASE FRAME LEXICON AND PARSING GUIDE

188

APPENDICES

232

Bibliography Index of Verbs Index of Authors

236 240 244

1

PREFACE This study develops and applies the method of Case Frame analysis to describe the 4528 occurrences of the 122 NT verbs that, at least on occasion, designate communication (An Agent communicates Content to an Experiencer) or communication for a Benefactive (an Agent communicates Content to an Experiencer for a Benefactive). The method provides procedures for describing the syntactic, semantic, and lexical requirements that the verbs impose on their complements and for specifying the features that characterize the conceptualizations of the events grammaticalized by the verbs. Application of the method indicates that 104 of the verbs grammaticalize only conceptualizations of the events of communication or communication for a Benefactive with one or more usages. The remaining eighteen verbs grammaticalize conceptualizations of communication and at least one of ¿ve other events with various verbal usages. The study investigates the thirty-one observed NT usages of the verbs of communication and the ¿ve observed NT usages of verbs of communication for a Benefactive sequentially, considers various characteristics of the verbs, and concludes with the Lexicon and Parsing Guide entries for the 122 verbs. Chapter 1 introduces the method of Case Frame analysis. The discussion clari¿es the presuppositions of the method, develops procedures for describing the syntactic, semantic, and lexical requirements that verbs impose on their complements, speci¿es the conditions under which Greek grammar permits the omission and retrieval of required verbal complements, and proposes procedures for describing null complements. Chapter 2 introduces the events of communication, cognition, and effect and develops the usage and event features that specify the conceptualizations of events associated with different verbal usages. The discussion then identi¿es two semantic features, one that permits a differentiation of verbatim and summary statements of what is communicated and one that permits a rigorous distinction in the function of speci¿c lexical realizations of verbal complements. The discussion then establishes conventions for representing the licensing properties and features of verbal occurrences within a Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide.

xii

Preface

Chapters 3 through 5 describe the licensing properties and features of verbs with the twenty-one observed usages of communication. This discussion considers usages of oral communication with an emphasized Content (Chapter 3) and an emphasized Experiencer (Chapter 4) and all usages of non-oral communication (Chapter 5). Each Chapter presents introductory observations about the following usages, discusses each usage separately, and provides concluding observations about the relationships among the usages. The introductory observations specify common features of the event grammaticalized by verbs with the following usages, identify common licensing properties of verbs with these usages, and propose guidelines for interpreting and procedures for translating occurrences of the verbs with the usages. The discussions of usages list all verbs that occur with each usage, specify the features of the conceptualization of the event, describe the licensing properties of verbs, identify the lexical realizations of all required complements, illustrate the interpretation and translation of verbs, and present exegetical studies that clarify further characteristics of the conceptualizations of the event and develop the interpretation and translation of potentially ‘dif¿cult’ occurrences of verbs. The concluding considerations develop the possible usages for each event, offer explanations for the absence of speci¿c usages that are possible but not observed, and clarify the relationships among the observed usages. Chapter 6 describes the licensing properties and features of verbs with the ten usages of events derived from communication. This discussion presents introductory observations about the following usages and events from which they are derived, discusses each usage separately, and provides concluding observations about the relationships among the usages. The introductory observations specify common features of the events grammaticalized by verbs with the following usages, identify common licensing properties of verbs with these usages, and propose guidelines for interpreting and procedures for translating occurrences of the verbs with the usages. The discussions of usages list the verbs with each usage, specify the features of the conceptualization of their events, describe the licensing properties of verbs, identify the lexical realizations of all required complements, illustrate the interpretation and translation of verbs, and present exegetical studies of potentially ‘dif¿cult’ occurrences. The concluding considerations clarify the relationships among the observed usages. Chapter 7 describes the licensing properties and features of verbs with the ¿ve observed usages of communication for a Benefactive and follows the presentation for Chapters 3 through 5. 1

Preface

xiii

Chapter 8 examines the four NT verbs of communication that occur with both active and middle base forms. This discussion proposes a statement of the differing implications of the active and middle forms and then veri¿es the proposal through an examination of all NT occurrences of the verbs. Chapter 9 uses the data of the previous chapters to develop three sets of clari¿cations about signi¿cant elements of the previous study and concludes the study. The ¿rst set of clari¿cations concerns two contexts that accommodate the omission of verbal complements and their possible historical contribution to the grammaticalization of communication by NT verbs. The second set of clari¿cations further develops the differing implications of active, middle, and passive base forms with verbs of communication. The third set of clari¿cations identi¿es two further characteristics of the grammaticalization of communication and communication for a Benefactive. The concluding discussion summarizes signi¿cant developments within the study. Chapter 10 presents the Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide which re-presents all of the grammatical information derived from the study of the 4528 occurrences of the 122 verbs that designate communication and communication for a Benefactive into entries that guide the interpretation and translation of all complements licensed by verbs in every occurrence. I wish to thank the publishers of Filología Neotestamentaria for their permission to develop in this book the content of my articles, ‘The BJUFX/BJUFPNBJ Distinction in the New Testament: A Proposal’, FgNT 25 (2012): 101-18, and ‘The Licensing Properties of New Testament Verbs of Non-Spoken Communication’, FgNT 24 (2011): 41-58. This Preface would not be complete without recognizing those who have contributed to the project. I wish to thank Dr. Geoffrey J. Cowling, Michael Aubrey (M.A. Trinity Western), Scott Grapin (M.A. Villanova), Luke Pigott (M.A. Villanova), Matthew Riddle (M.A. Villanova), and Ryan M. Brown (B.A. and B.S. Villanova), who proofed the text and offered helpful recommendations for its improvement. I also wish to thank Villanova University for the award of the 2012 Summer Research Fellowship and 2012 Research Support Grant, which permitted uninterrupted work on this manuscript.

1

ABBREVIATIONS AB ABD ASCP ASV BDF BIOSCS BLS CAL CEB CogLing CSL CSLI ESV FgNT JLing JSNTSup L&P LBS LInq LNTS MIT NAB NAS NIGTC NIV NJBC NRSV NTGk OBC SPS

Anchor Bible David Noel Freedman (ed.), The Anchor Bible Dictionary (6 vols.; New York: Doubleday, 1994) Amsterdam Studies in Classical Philology American Standard Version Friedrich Blass, Albert Debrunner and Robert W. Funk, A Greek Grammar of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1961) Bulletin of the International Organization for Septuagint and Cognate Studies Berkeley Linguistics Society Constructional Approaches to Language Common English Bible Cognitive Linguistics Cambridge Studies in Linguistics Center for the Study of Language and Information English Standard Version Filología Neotestamentaria Journal of Linguistics Journal for the Study of the New Testament, Supplement Series Linguistics and Philosophy Linguistic Biblical Studies Linguistic Inquiry Library of New Testament Studies Massachusetts Institute of Technology New American Bible New American Standard New International Greek Testament Commentary New International Version Raymond E. Brown, Joseph A. Fitzmyer, and Roland E. Murphy (eds.), The New Jerome Biblical Commentary (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1990) New Revised Standard Version Studies in New Testament Greek John Barton and John Muddiman (eds.), The Oxford Bible Commentary (New York: Oxford University Press, 2001) Sacra Pagina Series

xvi TDNT TSL UBS WPiFG

1

Abbreviations Gerhard Kittel and Gerhard Friedrich (eds.), Theological Dictionary of the New Testament (trans. Geoffrey W. Bromiley; 10 vols.; Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1964–) Typological Studies in Language United Bible Societies Working Papers in Functional Grammar

Chapter 1

INTRODUCTION TO CASE FRAME ANALYSIS

This chapter introduces the method of Case Frame analysis and describes its application in the study of the 122 New Testament verbs that designate communication.1 The discussion clari¿es the presuppositions and concepts of the method, develops its procedures for describing the syntactic, semantic, and lexical requirements that the verbs impose on their complements, and proposes conventions for representing the conditions under which Greek grammar permits the omission and retrieval of required verbal complements. The concluding discussion speci¿es the manner in which the method receives application in the following study of the 122 NT verbs of communication. 1. Presuppositions and Concepts of Case Frame Analysis Case Frame analysis describes ‘predicators’, de¿ned as words that license the presence of other elements in a phrase. Predicators include verbs, conjunctions, adjectives, prepositions, and those nouns, pronouns, and adverbs that either require or permit the presence of other phrasal elements.2 Case Frame analysis resolves elements licensed by predicators into ‘arguments’, which are required to complete the meaning of a predicator, and ‘adjuncts’, which provide a speci¿cation of meaning beyond that required for the grammatical use of a predicator.3 The 1. A more detailed introduction to Case Frame analysis appears in Paul Danove, Grammatical and Exegetical Study of New Testament Verbs of Transference: A Case Frame Guide to Interpretation and Translation (NTGk 13; LNTS 329; London, T&T Clark International, 2009), 1-18. 2. The ‘licensing’ of elements is part of the more comprehensive principle of ‘government’: cf. Charles J. Fillmore and Paul Kay, Construction Grammar (Stanford: CSLI, 1999), 4:9-12. 3. The concepts of semantic ‘argument’ and ‘adjunct’ have their origins in the ¿eld of logic: cf. Randy Allen Harris, The Linguistics Wars (New York: Oxford

2

New Testament Verbs of Communication

number of arguments that a predicator requires is equal to the number of entities that must be referenced to relate the predicator’s concept or meaning. For example, most frequently, the verb predicator MFHX (say) requires completion by three arguments that specify a speaker, what is spoken, and an interpreter of what is spoken.4 Among the words that consistently function as predicators, verbs may require completion by one, two, or three arguments, conjunctions by two arguments, and adjectives and prepositions by one or two arguments. The following sentence clari¿es the use of the terms ‘predicator’, ‘argument’, and ‘adjunct’:5 LBJ= V TUFSI TBOUPK PJOPV MFHFJ I NI UIS UPV *ITPV QSP@K BVUP O PJ>OPO PVL FYPVTJO (John 2:3) And when the wine runs out, the mother of Jesus says to him, ‘They have no wine’.

In this example, the conjunction LBJ (and) requires completion by two arguments that are constituted by the remaining words of this phrase and the words of the previous phrase. The remaining words are licensed by the verb MFHX (say), whose three arguments are realized by ‘the mother of Jesus’ (speaker), ‘to him’ (interpreter), and ‘They have no wine’ (what is spoken). The remaining element of the phrase, ‘When the wine runs out’ is an adjunct licensed by the verb to offer a non-required temporal speci¿cation of its meaning. Two of the required elements admit to further resolution: in ‘the mother of Jesus’, the noun predicator ‘mother’ requires completion by ‘of Jesus’ (possessor); and the preposition predicator ‘to’ requires completion by ‘him’ (interpreter). In general, semantic arguments and adjuncts are lexically realized as a predicator’s syntactic complements. In English and Greek, arguments and complements usually stand in a one-to-one relationship, although Greek permits the omission of the subject complement, whose referent may be retrieved from the verbal ending. Since predicators require completion of their meaning by arguments but only permit completion University Press, 1993), 115-17; James D. McCawley, Grammar and Meaning (New York: Academic Press, 1976), 136-39; and Frederick J. Newmeyer, Linguistic Theory in America (New York: Academic Press, 1980), 148-50. 4. The determination of the number of arguments required by predicators is based on the internal logic of the predicator and is con¿rmed by its characteristic NT usage. 5. All NT citations are taken from Barbara Aland et al. (eds.), The Greek New Testament (Stuttgart: Biblia-Druck, 4th rev. edn, 1993). The translations are my own. 1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

3

of their meaning by adjuncts, a complement that lexically realizes an argument is deemed a ‘required complement’; and a complement that lexically realizes an adjunct is deemed a ‘non-required complement’. Case Frame analysis utilizes a framework called a Valence Description to describe syntactic, semantic, and lexical generalizations about the arguments and adjuncts licensed by a predicator.6 The generation of a Valence Description proceeds in three stages. The ¿rst stage identi¿es the number of arguments that a predicator requires. As the previous example indicates, this number varies from predicator to predicator: three for MFHX, two for LBJ, and one for NI UIS and QSP K. These are designated three-place, two-place, and one-place predicators respectively.7 Some verbs require different numbers of arguments associated with different meanings.8 The second stage speci¿es the syntactic function, semantic function, and lexical realization of each argument and adjunct. The third stage clari¿es features that describe the conceptualization of the event designated by a verb. This permits the distinction of verbal ‘usages’, which incorporate all occurrences of a verb that require the same arguments with the same syntactic and semantic functions and designate the same conceptualization of an event according to the same features. As a result, distinct usages of a verb are described by distinct Valence Descriptions. The Valence Description of a predicator resembles a matrix with varying numbers of columns and three rows of information that appear beneath the predicator. The number of columns equals the number of arguments and adjuncts licensed by the predicator. The columns specify for each argument and adjunct its syntactic function (¿rst row), semantic function (second row), and lexical realization (third row). Features appear immediately after the predicator at the top. The following discussion focuses on verb predicators and the generation of the Valence Descriptions that describe speci¿c occurrences of verbs. 6. Fillmore and Kay, Construction Grammar, 4:11-12, 29-34. An introduction to valency appears in Mirjam Fried and Jan-Ola Östman, ‘Construction Grammar: A Thumbnail Sketch’, in Construction Grammar in a Cross-Language Perspective (ed. Mirjam Fried and Jan-Ola Östman; Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2004), 40-43. 7. Lucien Tesnière, Éléments de Syntaxe Structurale (Paris: C. Klincksieck, 1959), 106-10. Greek, like English, does not present predicators that require more than three arguments. 8. An investigation of variable valence verbs appears in Beth Levin, English Verb Classes and Alternations: A Preliminary Investigation (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993). 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

4

2. Syntactic Analysis and Description The top row of a Valence Description provides a generalized description of the syntactic functions of the predicator’s arguments and adjuncts. The syntactic function designation ‘1’ is assigned to the argument associated with the verbal subject when the verb is not passivized. The syntactic function ‘2’ is assigned to the argument associated with the non-subject required complement of two-place verbs and the non-subject required complement of three-place verbs that typically functions as subject when the verb admits to passivization.9 The syntactic function designation ‘3’ is assigned to the non-subject argument of three-place verbs that typically does not function as subject in passivization. The syntactic function ‘C’ is assigned to all adjuncts and is separated from the arguments by a double vertical line, ||. Verbs appear in bold print above their Valence Descriptions. The syntactic function (syn. fn) of the complements of the verb predicator in John 2:3 receive the following description: MFHX syn. fn:

1

2

3

||

C

(the mother of Jesus)

(‘They have no wine’)

(to him)

||

(when…)

These four syntactic functions are adequate to describe all of the arguments and adjuncts of the 122 NT verbs that designate communication. 3. Semantic Analysis and Description The second row of a Valence Description provides a generalized description of the semantic function (sem. fn) of the predicator’s arguments and adjuncts.10 Semantic functions describe the roles that arguments and adjuncts play in representing the state of affairs designated by a 9. The assignment of the syntactic function ‘2’ to the complement that may be raised to the status of subject in passivization differs from most forms of Case Frame analysis, which assign syntactic functions according to a semantic hierarchy: cf. J. Bresnan and J.M. Kaneva, ‘Locative Inversion in Chichewa: A Case Study of Factorization in Grammar’, LInq 20 (1989): 1-50. 10. The row of required semantic functions within Valence Descriptions provides a complete Case Frame analysis as employed in various formulations of Case Grammar: cf. Danove, Verbs of Transference, 4-5 n. 10. 1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

5

predicator. In the previous example, the three arguments of MFHX ful¿ll the roles of ‘speaker’, ‘what is spoken’, and ‘interpreter’; and its adjunct ful¿lls the role of ‘temporal quanti¿cation’: MFHX syn. fn:

1

2

3

||

C

sem. fn:

speaker

what is spoken

interpreter

||

temporal

(the mother of Jesus)

(they have no wine)

(to him)

(when…)

Although the noted semantic functions precisely identify the relationships imposed by this verb on its arguments and adjunct in this occurrence, Case Frame analysis requires a limited set of semantic functions that can describe all observed relationships imposed by verbs. As a result, the study uses thematic roles that express semantic relations in a more abstract and general way.11 The following discussion introduces, de¿nes, and provides examples of the 21 thematic roles necessary to describe the arguments and adjuncts of all occurrences of the 122 NT verbs of communication.12 The discussion considers ¿rst the ¿ve thematic roles that are restricted to arguments, then the two thematic

11. Thematic roles are similar to the semantic cases originally proposed in Charles J. Fillmore, ‘The Case for Case’, in Universals in Linguistic Theory (ed. Emmon Bach and Robert T. Harms; New York: Holt, Reinhart & Winston, 1968), 24-25. The relationships between frame-speci¿c roles and thematic roles is developed in David R. Dowty, ‘Thematic Proto-Roles and Argument Selection’, Language 67 (1991): 574-619, John I. Saeed, Semantics (Oxford: Blackwell, 1997), 150-52, and Farrell Ackerman and John Moore, ‘Valence and the Semantics of Causativization’, BLS 20 (1994): 2-4. 12. These and following de¿nitions of thematic roles are developed from those proposed in Paul L. Danove, Linguistics and Exegesis in the Gospel of Mark: Applications of a Case Frame Analysis and Lexicon (JSNTSup 218; NTGk 10; Shef¿eld: Shef¿eld Academic Press, 2002), 31-45, and Saeed, Semantics, 139-71. The development of a ¿nite set of thematic roles with universally accepted de¿nitions has proved unsuccessful for a series of reasons that receive examination in H.L. Somers, Valency and Case in Computational Linguistics (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1987), 109-72. As a consequence, most contemporary Case Frame analyses employ thematic roles de¿ned in relation to speci¿c frames, such as the domain speci¿c roles of the FrameNet project . Although verbs of communication reference a number of different frames (speaking, asking, commanding, showing, etc.), the proposed de¿nitions are suf¿ciently general to describe all verbs of communication. 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

6

roles that may be imposed on arguments and adjuncts, and then the fourteen thematic roles that are restricted to adjuncts. All of the examples are from verbs that designate communication in at least one usage. a. Argument Thematic Roles Five of the 21 thematic roles are restricted to arguments. The semantic roles ‘speaker’, ‘what is spoken’, and ‘interpreter’ correspond to the more generalized thematic roles of Agent (Agt), ‘the entity that actively instigates an action and/or is the ultimate cause of a change in another entity’, Content (Con), ‘the content of a sensory, cognitive, or emotional event or activity’, and Experiencer (Exp), ‘the animate entity that undergoes a sensory, cognitive, or emotional event or activity’.13 The verbs impose these thematic roles in distinctive ways in their various usages: FSXUB X 1 Agt ([he])

2 Exp (them)

 3 Con (‘How many…’)

ISX UBBVUPV KQP TPVKFYFUF BSUPVK (Mark 8:5) He was asking them, ‘How many loaves do you have?’

BOBHJOX TLX 1 Exp ([he])

2 Con (the Prophet Isaiah)

BOFHJOXTLFOUP@OQSPGI UIO )TBJBO (Acts 8:28) He was reading the Prophet Isaiah.

Some verbs require completion by an argument with the thematic role Patient (Pat), ‘the entity undergoing an action’, and one of these may require completion by a Resultative (Rst), ‘the ¿nal state of an entity’: GXOFX 1 Agt (he)

 2 Pat (Elijah)

)MJBOGXOFJPVLPO PJ NBRIUBJ= BVUPV LBU  JEJBO FQISX UXO BVUP O PUJ I NFJK PVL IEVOI RINFO FLCBMFJO BVUP  (Mark 9:28) When he entered the house, his disciples were asking him privately, ‘Why weren’t we able to cast it out?’

Instrument (Ins) is ‘the means by which an action is performed or something happens’: BJUFX 1 Agt ([you])

2 Exp (the Father)

3 Con (whatever)

|| || ||

C Ins (by my name)

P UJ B!O BJUI TIUF UP@O QBUFSB FO UX]_ POP NBUJ NPV… (John 15:16) Whatever you ask the Father by my name….

1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

9

Locative (Loc) is ‘the literal or ¿gurative place in which an entity is situated or an event occurs’: BOBHJOX TLX 1 Exp ([you])

2 Con (‘The stone that…’)

|| || ||

C Loc (in the scriptures)

C Tem (never)

PVEFQPUF BOFHOXUF FO UBJK HSBGBJK MJRPO PO BQFEPLJNBTBO PJ PJLPEPNPV_OUFK… (Matt 21:42) Did you never read in the scriptures, ‘The stone that the builders rejected…’

Measure (Mea) is ‘the quanti¿cation of an action or event’: MFHX 1 Agt ([he])

2 Con (‘Simon of John…’)

3 Exp (to him)

|| || ||

C Mea (again)

C Mea (a second time)

MFHFJ BVUX]_ QB MJO EFV UFSPO 4JNXO *XB OOPV BHBQB]_K NF (John 21:16a) He says to him again, a second time, ‘Simon of John, do you love me?’

Result (Res) is ‘the consequence of a complete event’: FQFSXUB X 1 Agt ([he])

2 Exp (them)

3 || Con || (‘Who are…’) ||

C Mea (again)

C Res (therefore)

QB MJO PV^O FQISX UITFO BVUPV K UJOB [IUFJUF (John 18:7) Therefore, again he asked them, ‘Who are you looking for?’

Cause (Cau) is ‘the circumstantial motivation for an action or event’: FSXUB X 1 Agt ([you])

2 Exp (me)

3 || Top || (about the good) ||

UJ NF FSXUB]_K QFSJ= UPV BHBRPV (Matt 19:17) Why do you ask me about the good?

1

C Cau (why)

New Testament Verbs of Communication

10

Purpose (Pur) is ‘the goal of a complete event’: FOUFMMPNBJ 1 Agt ([he])

2 Top (about you)

3 Exp (his angels)

|| || ||

C Pur (to guard you)

UPJK BHHFMPJK BVUPV FOUFMFJUBJ QFSJ= TPV UPV EJBGVMB DBJ TF (Luke 4:10) He will command his angels about you, to guard you.

Vocative (Voc) is ‘the directly addressed entity’: EJEB TLX 1 Agt ([you])

2 Exp (us)

3 Con (to pray)

|| C || Man || (just as John…)

C Voc (Lord)

LV SJF EJEBDPO I NB_K QSPTFV YFTRBJ LBRX@K LBJ= *XB OOIK FEJEBDFO UPV@K NBRIUB@K BVUPV (Luke 11:1a) Lord, teach us to pray just as John also taught his disciples.

Condition (Cnd) is ‘the entity or event required for another event to occur’: LFMFVX 1 Agt ([you])

2 Exp (me)

3 || Con || (to come…) ||

C Cnd (if it is you)

C Voc (Lord)

LV SJF FJ TV@ FJ> LFMFVTP O NF FMRFJO QSP K TF FQJ= UB@ VEBUB (Matt 14:28) Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you on the waters.

Source (Sou) is ‘the literal or ¿gurative entity from which something moves’: EFJLOVNJ 1 Agt ([I])

2 Con (my faith)

3 Exp (you)

|| || ||

C Sou (from my works)

LBHX TPJ EFJDX FL UX_O FSHXO NPV UI@O QJTUJO (Jas 2:18b) And I will show to you my faith from my works.

1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

11

Goal (Goa) is ‘the literal or ¿gurative entity towards which something moves’: HSB GX 1 Agt ([I])

2 Pat (the name of my God…)

|| || ||

C Goa (onto him)

HSB ZX FQ’ BVUP@O UP@ POPNB UPV_ RFPV NPV… (Rev 3:12) I will write onto him the name of my God….

Current (Cur) is ‘the present state of an entity’: EJEB TLX 1 Agt ([you])

2 Exp ([someone])

3 || Con || (commandments…) ||

C Cur (as teachings)

EJEB TLPOUFK EJEBTLBMJBK FOUB MNBUB BORSX QXO (Matt 15:9) [you] teaching [someone] the commandments of human beings as teachings.

Comitative (Com), which is realized in conjunction with the preposition TVO ([together] with), is ‘the entity or event associated with another entity or event’:15 MBMFX 1 Agt ([they])

2 Con (the word)

3 Exp (to him)

|| || ||

C Cur (together with…)

FMB MITBO BVUX]_ UP@O MP HPO UPV LVSJPV TV@O QB_TJO UPJK FO UI]_ PJLJB] BVUPV (Acts 16:32) They spoke the word of the Lord to him together with all in his house.

4. Lexical Analysis and Description In Greek, the arguments and adjuncts licensed by predicators are lexically realized by one of ¿ve categories of phrases: the noun phrase 15. The nature of the arguments with which the Comitative is associated is derived from John B. Walmsley, ‘The English Comitative Case and the Concept of Deep Structure’, Foundations of Language 7 (1971): 493-507. 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

12

(N), ‘a noun with its modi¿ers or a pronoun’; the verb phrase (V), ‘a verb with its arguments and adjuncts’; the prepositional phrase (P), ‘a preposition with its arguments’; the adverb phrase (A), ‘an adverb with its arguments and adjuncts’; and the adjective phrase (Adj), ‘an adjective with its modi¿ers’. By convention, a subject complement that is lexically realized only by the verbal ending is listed as a noun phrase (N), and participles are treated as adjectives. Lexical realizations appear in the third row of the Valence Description immediately beneath the semantic functions of their associated arguments and adjuncts: FSXUB X 1 Agt N ([I])

2 Exp N (you)

3 Con V (that…)

|| C || Man || A || (as one…)

C Tem A (now)

C Voc N (Lady)

OVO FSXUX_ TF LVSJB PVY X K FOUPMI@O LBJOI@O HSB GXO TPJ BMMB@ IO FJYPNFO BQ’ BSYI_K JOB BHBQX_NFO BMMI MPVK (2 John 5) Now I ask you, Lady, not as one writing to you a new commandment but the one that we had from the beginning, that we love one another. P NJMFX 1 Agt N (they)

2 Top P (about all…)

3 Exp P (with each other)

BVUPJ= X NJMPVO QSP@K BMMI MPVK QFSJ= QB OUXO UX_O TVNCFCILP UXO UPV UXO (Luke 24:14) They were talking with each other about all these things happening. MFHX 1 Agt N ([you])

2 Pat N (me)

3 Rst Adj (good)

|| || || ||

C Cau N (why)

UJ NF MFHFJK BHBRP O (Mark 10:18b) Why [for which reason] do you call me good?

Noun, preposition, adverb, and adjective phrases always are ‘maximal’ because they consistently include all of their modi¿ers (N & Adj) or arguments and adjuncts (P & A). Verb phrases, however, may 1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

13

include their own subject and be maximal (V+) or not include their own subject and be non-maximal (V-). The notations expand this basic framework by providing speci¿c information about all phrases except noun phrases that lexically realize the subject complements of verbs. This exclusion reÀects the fact that the syntactic case of a verbal subject is determined by its governing grammatical construction: nominative case in indicative and subjunctive clauses, genitive in the genitive absolute (referenced as ‘Part+gen’), and either dative or accusative in various classes of in¿nitive phrases. The remaining phrases receive speci¿cation in a manner appropriate to the phrase. The speci¿cation of the lexical realizations of noun, adjective, and adverb predicators is straightforward. Non-subject noun phrases (N) are maximal (+) and may appear in the genitive (N+gen), dative (N+dat), accusative (N+acc), or vocative (N+voc) case. All adjective phrases and some noun phrases derive their case from another complement in the same verb phrase that lexically realizes the ¿rst (Adj+1, N+1), second (Adj+2, N+2), or third (Adj+3, N+3) argument. Adverb phrases are constituted either by a simple adverb or an adverb with a following noun or adjective phrase. They are speci¿ed by ‘A/’, immediately followed by the Greek adverb, and, if applicable, the following noun or adjective: MFHX 1 Agt N ([he])

2 Con N+acc (a parable)

3 Exp N+dat (to them)

|| || || ||

C Mea A/LBJ (also)

FJ>QFO EF= LBJ= QBSBCPMI@O BVUPJK (Luke 6:39) He also said a parable to them. FSXUB X 1 Agt N ([I])

2 Exp N+acc (you)

3 Con V (that…)

|| C || Man || A/X K Adj+1 || (as one…)

C Tem A/OVO (now)

C Voc N+voc (Lady)

OVO FSXUX_ TF LVSJB PVY X K FOUPMI@O LBJOI@O HSB GXO TPJ BMMB@ IO FJYPNFO BQ’ BSYI_K JOB BHBQX_NFO BMMI MPVK (2 John 5) Now I ask you, Lady, not as one writing to you a new commandment but the one that we had from the beginning, that we love one another.

The preposition phrase is speci¿ed by ‘P/’, followed by the preposition predicator and, if the preposition imposes more than one syntactic 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

14

case, the case: P/BQP , P/BYSJ, P/EJB [+acc], P/EJB [+gen], P/FJK, P/FL, P/FNQSPTRFO, P/FO, P/FOFLFO, P/FOX QJPO, P/FQJ [+acc], P/FQJ [+dat], P/FQJ [+gen], P/FXK, P/LBUB [+acc], P/LBUB [+gen], P/LBUFOBOUJ, P/NFUB [+acc], P/NFUB [+gen], P/NFYSJ, P/PQJTRFO, P/QBSB [+acc], P/QBSB [+dat], P/QBSB [+gen], P/QFSJ [+gen], P/QSP , P/QSP K [+acc], P/QSP K [+gen], P/TVO, P/VQFS [+acc], P/VQFS [+gen], P/VQP [+acc], P/YB SJO, and P/YXSJK. P NJMFX 1 Agt N (they)

2 Top P/QFSJ [+gen] (about all these things…)

3 Exp P/QSP K [+acc] (with each other)

BVUPJ= X NJMPVO QSP@K BMMI MPVK QFSJ= QB OUXO…UPV UXO (Luke 24:14) They were talking with each other about all these things…

The verb phrase (V) complement may contain its own subject and be maximal (V+) or not contain its own subject and be non-maximal (V-). Greek, like English, shows great variety in maximal verb phrases. ‘V+’ represents a complete sentence; and all other categories of maximal verb phrases begin with V+ to which is appended a distinguishing characteristic of the verb phrase, most frequently its introductory word[s]: V+BYSJ, V+FB O, V+FJ, V+FLUP K FJ, V+FQFJ, V+FQFJEI , V+JOB, V+LBRB QFS, V+LBRP , V+LBRX K, V+LBJQFS, V+NI , V+NI QPUF, V+P , V+P QPJPO, V+PQPV, V+P QXK, V+PTPn, V+PUBO, V+PUF, V+PUJ, V+QPJPO, V+QPUBQP O, V+QP UF, V+QPV, V+QX_K, V+UJ, V+X K, V+XTQFS, and V+XTUF. In this representation, pronouns appear in the neuter singular accusative. Although Valence Descriptions do not address phrasal elements whose sole function is to specify the modality of a phrase (BO and negative and interrogative words, PV, PVL, PVY, PVYJ, NI , and NI UJ), they note occurrences in which BO is combined with another word requiring analysis (as in FB O, FQB O, and PUBO). In¿nitive phrases containing their own subjects are designated V+i; and in¿nitive phrases without their own subjects are designated V-i. When a predicator licenses an in¿nitive phrase, the in¿nitive phrase and article, if present, also receive speci¿cation: P/EJB@ UP@ V+i, P/FJK UP@ V+i, P/FJK UP@ V-i, P/FO UX]_ V+i, P/FO UX_] V-i, P/NFUB@ UP@ V+i, P/QSP@ V+i, and P/QSP@K UP@ V+i or A/QSJ=O V+i and A/QSJ=O I! V+i. Elsewhere, when the in¿nitive phrase is introduced by the de¿nite article, the article in the appropriate case appears before the in¿nitive: UPV V+i and UPV V-i: 1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

15

LFMFVX 1 Agt N ([you])

2 Exp N+acc (me)

3 Con V-i (to come…)

|| || || ||

C Cnd V+FJ (if it is you)

C Voc N+voc (Lord)

LV SJF FJ TV@ FJ> LFMFVTP O NF FMRFJO QSP K TF FQJ= UB@ VEBUB (Matt 14:28) Lord, if it is you, command me to come to you on the waters.

The description of non-maximal in¿nitive phrases (V-i) receives further speci¿cation in §1.5c. 5. Required Complement Omission and Retrieval Greek grammar permits the omission of non-subject required verbal complements in speci¿c circumstances.16 This discussion examines four categories of required complement omission and retrieval associated with de¿nite null complements, inde¿nite null complements, coinstantiation, and MFHX melding and MFHX coordination. a. De¿nite Null Complements The NT presents numerous occasions in which verbs appear without their required non-subject complements. For example, BJUFX (ask) in one usage requires completion by an Agent, an Experiencer, and a Content; but the verb in this usage occasionally appears with the Experiencer, the Content, or both complements lexically unrealized. In such occurrences, the verb phrase remains meaningful because the de¿nite semantic content of the missing or null complement[s] may be retrieved from the preceding or immediately following context. Such ‘De¿nite Null Complements’ are bracketed in the following examples:17 16. An introduction to non-subject complement omission appears in Francis Cornish, ‘Implicit Internal Arguments, Event Structures, Predication and Anaphoric Reference’, in The Grammar-Pragmatics Interface: Essays in Honor of Jeanette K. Gindel (ed. Nancy Hedberg and Ron Zacharski; Amsterdan/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2007), 198-99; cf. D. García Valesco and C. Portrero Muñiz, ‘Understood Objects in Functional Grammar’, WPiFG 76 (2002): 1-22; Charles J. Fillmore, ‘Pragmatically Controlled Zero Anaphora’, BLS 12 (1986): 95-107; and Charles J. Fillmore, ‘Topics in Lexical Semantics’, in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory (ed. Roger W. Cole; Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1977), 96-97. 17. De¿nite Null Complements receive investigation under the designations, ‘de¿nite object deletion’ in Anita Mittwoch, ‘Idioms and Unspeci¿ed N[oun] P[hrase] Deletion’, LInq 2 (1971): 255-59, ‘latent object’ in Peter Matthews, Syntax (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981), 125-26, ‘contextual deletion’ in 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

16

PJ>EFO HB@S P QBUI@S V NX_O X\O YSFJBO FYFUF QSP@ UPV V NB_K BJUI_TBJ BVUP O (Matt 6:8) For your Father knows the things for which you have a need before you ask him [for them / for the things for which you have a need].  BOFLSBDFO GXOI]_ NFHB MI] FB UJ I NJO LBJ= TPJ *ITPV_ /B[BSIOF (Luke 4:33-34) He cried out with a loud voice [to Jesus], ‘Ha, what have you to do with us, Jesus of Nazareth?’

In Matt 6:8, the de¿nite semantic content of the null Content appears earlier in the verse; and in Luke 4:33-34, the de¿nite semantic referent of the Experiencer is retrieved from the directly addressed entity (Jesus) within the Content (quote). Valence Descriptions represent De¿nite Null Complements by placing the syntactic function of the missing complement in brackets, [ ], listing the semantic function of the null complement, and indicating that the complement is null by DNC: BJUFX 1 Agt N (you)

2 Exp N+acc (him)

BOBLSB [X [3] Con DNC ([them])

1 2 [3] Agt Con Exp N V+ DNC ([he]) (‘What…’) ([to Jesus])

|| C || Ins || N+dat || (with…)

Technically, whether or not a verb permits its complements to be de¿nite and null must be determined on a verb-by-verb basis. An examination of all occurrences of the 122 verbs of communication, however, indicates that they permit their Content and Experiencer complements to be de¿nite and null in all usages. This study follows the convention of interpreting the ‘contextual addressee’ as the de¿nite referent of all null Experiencer complements of verbs whose Content or Topic complement references a scripture quote or information or statements attributed to the scriptures, God, or Holy Spirit. That is, the study interprets all such quotes and information as addressed directly to the contextual referent of the Experiencer and not simply to its possible historical referents. UJ HB@S I HSBGI@ MFHFJ (Rom 4:3) For what does the scripture say [to you Roman Christians, cf. Rom 1:7]? D.J. Allerton, Valency and the English Verb (New York: Academic Press, 1982), 34, 68-70, and ‘de¿nite null objects’ in Knud Lambrecht and K. Lemoine, ‘De¿nite Null Objects in (Spoken) French: A Construction Grammar Account’, in Grammatical Constructions: Back to the Roots (ed. Mirjam Fried and Hans C. Boas; CAL 4; Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2005), 13-55. 1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

17

b. Inde¿nite Null Complements Greek grammar, like English grammar, permits the second and third complements of verbs of communication to be null even when the context provides no retrievable semantic referent. When this occurs, Greek (like English) verbs impose on their null Content and Patient complements the general but circumscribed interpretation, ‘whatever appropriately may be communicated in the manner described by the verb’ and on their null Experiencer complement the interpretation, ‘people’, ‘someone’, or ‘some interpreter’. Such ‘Inde¿nite Null Complements’ appear in parentheses in the following examples:18 QFSJI_HFO UB@K LX NBK LV LMX] EJEB TLXO (Mark 6:6) He went around the neighboring villages in a circle teaching (teachings) (to people). BOFLB RJTFO P OFLSP@K LBJ= ISDBUP MBMFJO (Luke 7:15) The dead man sat up and began to speak (words) (to people).

Valence Descriptions represent Inde¿nite Null Complements (INCs) by placing the syntactic function of the missing complement in parentheses, ( ), stating the semantic function of the null complement, and indicating the absence of lexical realization by INC: EJEB TLX 1 Agt N ([he])

(2) (3) Exp Con INC INC ([people]) (that…)

MBMFX 1 (2) (3) Agt Con Exp N INC INC (the dead man) ([words]) ([to people])

Greek grammar also accommodates passivization, which reduces an Agent argument to non-subject status, raises a Content or Experiencer argument to the status of verbal subject, and permits omission of the Agent complement even when it cannot be retrieved from the context:19 18. Inde¿nite Null Complements are developed in Bruce Fraser and John R. Ross, ‘Idioms and Unspeci¿ed N[oun] P[hrase] Deletion’, LInq 1 (1970): 264-65, and in Ivan Sag and Jorge Hankamer, ‘Toward a Theory of Anaphoric Processing’, L&P 7 (1984): 325-45. 19. Passivization is a construction directly imposed by Greek (and English) grammar: cf. Fillmore and Kay, Construction Grammar, 8:20, 30. Among the verbs of the study, this construction is reserved to usages whose base forms are active or middle and in which verbs impose an Agent or Experiencer thematic role on their ¿rst argument. This study utilizes the passivization construction to transform passivized occurrences of verbs to their presupposed active or middle base forms. 1

18

New Testament Verbs of Communication BQIHHFMI EF= BVUX]_ I NI UIS TPV LBJ= PJ BEFMGPJ TPV FTUI LBTJO FDX… (Luke 8:20) ‘Your mother and your brothers are standing outside…’ was told to him (by someone). MBMIRI TFUBJ TPJ P UJ TF EFJ QPJFJO (Acts 9:6) What it is necessary for you to do will be told to you (by someone).

Valence Descriptions transform all passivized verb phrases, like those in Luke 8:20 and Acts 9:6, to their corresponding active or middle formulations, analyze them accordingly, and place the active or middle base form of the verb on top: BQBHHFMMX 1 2 Agt Con N V+ (someone) (Your mother…)

MBMFX 3 Exp N+dat (to him)

1 2 Agt Con N V+P (someone) (what…)

3 Exp N+dat (to you)

c. Co-instantiation Co-instantiation occurs when one complement in a verb phrase satis¿es the requirements of another complement in the same verb phrase.20 Among verbs of communication, one complement licensed by the verb co-instantiates the ¿rst complement of an in¿nitive also licensed by that verb. The co-instantiated complement appears in double brackets: ISX UITFO BVUP@O BQP@ UI_K HI_K FQBOBHBHFJO PMJHPO (Luke 5:3) He asked him to [[him]] put out a little from the land.  EJEB TLBMF FJQF= UX]_ BEFMGX]_ NPV NFSJTBTRBJ NFU’ FNPV_ UI@O LMISPOPNJBO (Luke 12:13) Teacher, say to my brother to [[my brother]] divide with me the inheritance.

In Luke 5:3, the second complement of ‘ask’ (him) co-instantiates the ¿rst complement of ‘to put out’; and, in Luke 12:13, the third complement of ‘say’ (my brother) co-instantiates the ¿rst complement of ‘to divide’. Valence Descriptions note the co-instantiating complement from the main verb phrase by appending its numerical designation, ‘2’

20. A general introduction to co-instantiation appears in Fried and Östman, ‘Construction Grammar’, 63-66; cf. Paul Kay and Charles J. Fillmore, ‘Grammatical Constructions and Linguistic Generalizations: The “What’s X doing Y?” Construction’, Language 75.1 (1999): 22-23. 1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

19

(second complement of the main verb) in the former example and ‘3’ (third complement of the main verb) in the latter, immediately after the lexical realization of the non-maximal in¿nitive phrase (V-i2 and V-i3): FSXUB X 1 Agt N

2 Exp N+acc

MFHX 3 Con V-i2

1 Agt N

2 Con V-i3

3 Exp N+dat

First (1), second (2), or third (3) required complements of communication verbs may co-instantiate the ¿rst complement of non-maximal in¿nites that realize both arguments and adjuncts: V-i1, V-i2, or V-i3. Valence Descriptions also specify co-instantiation when prepositions and the article introduce such in¿nitive phrases: P/FJK UP@ V-i1, P/FJK UP@ V-i2, P/FO UX_] V-i1, UPV V-i1, UPV V-i2, and UPV V-i3. d. -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination In the NT, both ‘MFHX melding’ and ‘MFHX coordination’ permit one verb of communication to intrude between a preceding verb of communication and the preceding verb’s realized complements. In MFHX melding’, two or more verbs of communication in a phrase join to license the same set of complements.21 -FHX melding is restricted to verb phrases in which (1) a verb of communication is followed by MFHX (say, speak) or, on occasion, another verb of communication, (2) only one of the verbs is ¿nite and the other[s] participial, (3) the verbs are not coordinated by a conjunction, and (4) only the last (melding) verb realizes the Content complement.22 -FHX melding does not occur with verbs of communication having usages in which the verbs require completion by a Topic. In ‘MFHX coordination’, two verbs of communication in a phrase also join to license the same set of complements. -FHX coordination occurs in verb phrases in which (1) a verb of communication is followed by MFHX (say, speak) or, on occasion, another verb of communication, (2) both verbs are ¿nite or in¿nitival or participial, (3) the verbs are coordinated by a conjunction, usually LBJ (and), and (4) either the former or the latter

21. This and following discussions develop and correct the presentation in Paul Danove, ‘-FHX Melding in the Septuagint and New Testament’, FgNT 16 (2003): 19-31. 22. For a general discussion of MFHXO, FJQX O, BQPLSJRFJK and other participles of verbs of speaking and their relation to coordination, see BDF 216-17. 1

20

New Testament Verbs of Communication

verb may function as the coordinating verb that realizes the Content complement. -FHX coordination does not occur with verbs of communication having usages in which the verbs require completion by a Topic. -FHX melding differs from MFHX coordination in restricting the number of Experiencer complements that may receive realization among linked verbs. For two linked verbs, MFHX coordination permits the lexical realization of neither, one, or both Experiencer complements, even when they have the same lexical realization. -FHX melding, in contrast, imposes the restriction that, among linked verbs with the same lexical realization for Experiencer complements, only one verb may realize the Experiencer complement. However, when the linked verbs do not permit the same realization of Experiencer complements, both may realize the Experiencer complement in MFHX melding. In the context of MFHX melding, this study attributes the Content complement only to the ¿nal verb (referenced as the melding verb), speci¿es the Content complement of the previous linked verb[s] as DNC, and places [LM] after the citation when the concluding verb is MFHX, [LM: Greek verb] when the concluding verb is other than MFHX, and [LM: Greek verb & Greek verb] when there are two concluding linked verbs. The following examples clarify occurrences of MFHX melding with two and three verbs: BOFLSBHPO EF= QBNQMIRFJ= MFHPOUFK BJ>SF UPV_UPO (Luke 23:18 [LM]) But they were shouting together saying, ‘Take this one!’ BQPLSJRFJ=K P FLBUP OUBSYPK FGI LV SJF PVL FJNJ= JLBOP@K JOB NPV V QP@ UI@O TUFHIO FJTFMRI]K (Matt 8:8 [LM: GINJ]) Responding, the centurion said, ‘Lord I am not worthy that you enter under my roof’. BQPLSJRFJ=K P *ITPVK QB MJO FJ>QFO FO QBSBCPMBJK BVUPJK MFHXO X NPJX RI I CBTJMFJB UX_O PVSBOX_O … (Matt 22:1-2 [LM: MFHX & MFHX]) Responding, Jesus again spoke to them by parables saying, ‘The Reign of the Heavens…’.

In the context of MFHX coordination, this study attributes the Content complement only to the ¿nal verb (referenced as the coordinating verb), speci¿es the Content complement of the other linked verb as DNC, and places [LC] after the citation when the coordinating verb is MFHX and [LC: Greek verb] when the coordinating verb is other than MFHX. The following examples clarify occurrences of MFHX coordination:

1

1. Introduction to Case Frame Analysis

21

BQFLSJRI BVUPJK P *ITPVK LBJ= FJ>QFO BNI@O BNI@O MFHX V NJO [IUFJUF NF PVY PUJ FJEFUF TINFJB BMM’ PUJ FGB HFUF FL UX_O BSUXO LBJ= FYPSUB TRIUF (John 6:26 [LC]) Jesus responded to them and said, ‘Amen amen I say to you, “You are seeking me not because you saw a sign but because you ate of the breads and were ¿lled” ’. QBSI HHFJMFO I NJO LISV DBJ UX]_ MBX]_ LBJ= EJBNBSUV SBTRBJ PUJ PV\UP K FTUJO P

X SJTNFOPK V QP@ UPV RFPV LSJUI@K [X OUXO LBJ= OFLSX_O (Acts 10:42 [LC: EJBNBSUVSPNBJ]) He ordered us to proclaim to the people and testify that he is the one appointed by God as judge of [the] living and [the] dead.

6. Application of the Case Frame Method The following study applies the procedures of the Case Frame method developed in this chapter to analyze and describe every occurrence of the 122 NT verbs that appear with at least one usage of communication. Together with the features developed in Chapter 2, these descriptions form the basis of the entries in the Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide (Chapter 10).

1

Chapter 2

INTRODUCTION TO USAGE, EVENT, AND SEMANTIC FEATURES

This chapter introduces the method of feature analysis and description and develops its application in the study of the 122 NT verbs that designate communication. The discussion investigates the events of communication, effect, and cognition and develops ¿rst the usage features that specify the conceptualizations of events grammaticalized by the verbs, then the event features that clarify the relationships among these events, and ¿nally the semantic features that describe constraints on the interpretation of semantic entities. The discussion then establishes conventions for representing the licensing properties (Chapter 1) and features (Chapter 2) of the verbs within a Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide (Chapter 10). The concluding discussion presents an overview of the study of the verbs that designate communication. 1. The Conceptualization of Events This study associates each verbal usage with a distinct conceptualization of a speci¿c event. An event is a cognitive schema of an action in which two or more entities are set in a particular relation to each other.1 An event is a bare concept of a general category of action; and events, such as communication, effect, and cognition, admit to general and speci¿c quali¿cations. General quali¿cations receive description by features that specify the conceptualization of an event associated with a number of verbs. Verbs that grammaticalize the same event with the same features have the same verbal usage. Speci¿c quali¿cations are associated with the unique denotation of each verb, which designates a distinct conceptualization of an event. For reasons developed below, this study 1. Cliff Goddard, Semantic Analysis: A Practical Introduction (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998), 197-98.

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

23

describes the events of effect and cognition as ‘derivatives’ of the event of communication, at least for verbs that designate communication. The event of communication logically includes three entities: one who communicates, what is communicated, and the interpreter of the communication. These descriptions correspond to the thematic roles, Agent, Content, and Experiencer. In this event, the Agent produces the Content of communication, indicated by double right chevrons; and the Experiencer interprets that Content, indicated by a single left chevron: Agent >> Content < Experiencer

The event of effect logically includes two entities: one who acts and what is acted on. These descriptions correspond to the thematic roles, Agent and Patient: Agent >> Patient

Schematically, the events of communication/effect differ only in the presence/absence of an Experiencer entity. This schematic similarity and parallels developed in the discussion of features permit treatment of the event of effect as ‘derived’ from the event of communication. This derivational approach clari¿es numerous quali¿cations of the conceptualization of the event of effect among verbs that designate communication but makes no claim about the historical development and relationships among events and usages. For example, when verbs designate communication, the Agent produces the Content; and, when the same verbs designate effect, the Agent produces the Patient. However, with such verbs, the Patient of effect has the potential for subsequent reinterpretation as a communication. Thus HSB GX may designate the action of ‘writing something to someone’ (communication) or simply of ‘producing something written’ (effect); but what is written typically admits to reinterpretation as something that, in another context, could be communicated. The event of cognition logically includes two entities: one who interprets and what is interpreted. These descriptions correspond to the thematic roles, Experiencer and Content. This event involves no reference to an Agent that produces the Content. The representation of this event again uses a single chevron, this time pointing to the right, to clarify that the Experiencer interprets the Content: Experiencer > Content

Schematically, this event is similar to the event of communication because the Experiencer interprets the Content. This event differs from 1

24

New Testament Verbs of Communication

communication because it lacks an Agent. The following discussions develop reasons for treating the event of cognition as ‘derived’ from the event of communication through exclusion of the Agent. 2. The Further Description of Usages: Usage Features Five usage features specify various constraints on the conceptualization of the events grammaticalized by verbs of communication: subject affectedness, emphasis, functionality, suppression, and orality.2 Subject affectedness and emphasis specify all events grammaticalized by the verbs; functionality and suppression also specify the event of effect; and orality is restricted to communication. a. Subject Affectedness English verbs that designate communication are restricted to active usages, that is, usages with active base forms; and passive forms of verbs with these active usages indicate passivization in which an argument other than the Agent is elevated to the status of the verbal subject. Greek verbs that designate communication are restricted to a single usage (active or middle or passive) or two usages (active and middle / active and passive / middle and passive); but no Greek verb appears with active and middle and passive base forms. Verbs with active and middle base forms also admit to passivization. The active, middle, and passive base forms in Greek signal differing conceptualizations of the affectedness of the subject / Agent.3 Active base forms are ‘neutral’ in that they offer no clari¿cation concerning the affectedness of the subject, while middle and passive base forms signal that the subject is affected. The following discussion develops the threefold distinction in the implications of active, middle, and passive base forms for all verbs except three that appear primarily (BQPLSJOPNBJ, respond) or exclusively (BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ, respond; and EFPNBJ, ask) with 2. The usage features ‘affectedness’ and ‘functionality’ receive introduction in Paul Danove, ‘Verbs of Transference and Their Derivatives of Motion and State in the New Testament: A Study of Focus and Perspective’, FgNT 19 (2006): 53-71. 3. J. Lyons, Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics (London: Cambridge University Press, 1969), 373, discusses the nature of this affectedness; cf. Rutger J. Allan, The Middle Voice in Ancient Greek: A Study in Polysemy (ASCP 11; Amsterdam: Gieben, 2003), 19-20. Saeed, Semantics, 162-65, considers various categories of affectedness. M.H. Klaman, Grammatical Voice (CSL 59; Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991), 92, notes that the use of the middle to encode subject affectedness is common to many Indo-European languages. 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

25

passive base forms. These three verbs receive clari¿cation in the subsequent discussion (§2.3a). Active base forms of Greek (and English) verbs provide no guidance in determining whether the subject is affected. Both P SB X (see) and QB TYX (suffer) use active base forms in Greek (and English), even though the one who sees need not be affected, while the one who suffers necessarily is affected. In Greek, both middle and passive base forms signal the affectedness of the subject. Middle base forms indicate that the subject’s affectedness is not introduced by an entity internal to the event.4 Thus middle base forms signal that the Agent of communication and effect and the Experiencer of cognition are affected but that this affectedness is not introduced directly by the Content or Experiencer of communication, the Patient of effect, or the Content of cognition. Passive base forms, in contrast, indicate that the subject’s affectedness is introduced directly by one of the entities internal to the event. This study labels the subject affectedness signaled by middle base forms as ‘external affectedness’ because an entity external to the event introduces the affectedness. The study labels the affectedness signaled by passive base forms ‘internal affectedness’ because an entity internal to the event introduces the affectedness.5 An example of active / middle usages of communication with the same Greek verb appears with BJUFX (ask): Act.

UJOB EF= FD V NX_O UP@O QBUFSB BJUI TFJ P VJP@K JYRV O (Luke 11:11) The son will ask what father among you for a ¿sh?

Mid.

I]UI TBUP UP@ TX_NB UPV *ITPV (Matt 27:58) He asked [Pilate] for the body of Jesus,

The active base forms offer no clari¿cation concerning the subject’s affectedness (act.); whereas the middle base forms signal that the subject is externally affected (mid.). Semantically, verbs with both active and middle usages of communication (Cmm.) are three-place because they

4. Further discussion of subject affectedness appears in Danove, Verbs of Transference, 22-23. 5. Usages characterized by the feature ‘external affectedness’ receive further consideration in Allan, Middle Voice, 112-14; A. Rijksbaron, The Syntax and Semantics of the Verb in Classical Greek: An Introduction (Amsterdam: Gieben, 3rd edn, 2002), 147-50; and E. Bakker, ‘Voice, Aspect, and Aktionsart: Middle and Passive in Ancient Greek’, in Voice: Form and Function (ed. B. Fox and P. J. Hopper; Amsterdam: Benjamins, 1994), 36. 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

26

require completion by three arguments. Syntactically, they are ditransitive (ditr.) because the subject is an Agent and all three arguments must be realized or de¿nite null or inde¿nite null complements. Valence Descriptions incorporate a feature description of the conceptualization of an event after the verb, which is on top. The feature descriptions for the previous occurrences present an abbreviated statement of the event’s three entities, A (Agent), C (Content), and E (Experiencer), followed in parentheses, ( ), by the event that is conceptualized (Cmm.), the affectedness of the subject (act. or mid.), and the syntactic information (ditr.): BJUFX ACE (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1 Agt N

2 Exp N+acc

3 Con N+acc

BJUFX ACE (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1 Agt N

2 Exp DNC

3 Con N+acc

Active/passive usages of communication appear with BOBNJNOI] TLX (remind/remind oneself [=remember]):6 Act.

[5JNP RFPO], PK V NB_K BOBNOI TFJ UB@K P EPV K NPV UB@K FO 9SJTUX]_ *ITPV_ (1 Cor 4:17) [Timothy], who will remind you of my ways in Christ Jesus.

Pass.

BOBNJNOI] TLFTRF EF= UB@K QSP UFSPO I NFSBK (Heb 10:32) But remind yourselves of [=remember] the former days.

Passive base forms signal that the subject is internally affected (pass.) because it is co-referential to another entity of the event (Agent=Content or Agent=Experiencer). In these examples, the Agent that produces Content instigates the interpretation of the Content by the Experiencer and so affects the Experiencer. In the ¿rst example, the active base form of the verb offers no guidance in determining whether the Agent’s action of producing the Content somehow affects the Agent. In the second example, the verb is passive in form and has a passive reÀexive interpretation (remind oneself=remember). Since the Agent and Experiencer reference the same entity, the Agent that produces the Content instigates its own interpretation and so affects itself. 6. In English, ‘remind’ is better characterized as requiring completion by a stimulus (the event or entity that brings about a change in a mental or psychological state, event, or activity), Content, and Experiencer because the subject need not be animate, as in ‘Cold rains remind me of Spring’. In the NT, however, NJNOI] TLX and its compounds consistently require completion by an animate ¿rst complement that functions as an Agent. 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

27

Semantically, verbs with both active and passive usages of communication require completion by three arguments in Greek and English and are three-place. Syntactically, the English verbs that translate Greek verbs with passive usages of communication are ditransitive (ditr.) and lexically realize the Experiencer by a form of the reÀexive pronoun ‘self’. Since the passive base forms in Greek clarify that the Agent and either the Experiencer or the Content have the same referent, the coreferential Experiencer or Content consistently is omitted. Thus Greek verbs with passive usages linked to active or middle usages are syntactically transitive (trans.) because the subject is an Agent and the Agent and either the Content or the Experiencer that is not co-referential to the Agent must be realized or a de¿nite or inde¿nite null complement. For the example from Heb 10:23, the feature description indicates that the Experiencer is always null and that its referent is retrievable from the Agent by placing the Experiencer in single brackets, AC[E], followed by a notation in single brackets that its referent may be retrieved from the Agent [E=A]. The event, affectedness, and syntactic information appear in the usual manner. Valence Descriptions note that the Experiencer always is de¿nite and null (DNC) by placing its syntactic function in double brackets, [[ ]]: BOBNJNOI] TLX ACE (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1 Agt N

2 Exp N+acc

3 Con N+acc

BOBNJNOI] TLX AC[E] [E=A] (Cmm. pass. trans.) 1 Agt N

[[2]] Exp DNC

3 Con N+acc

Passivization is redundant with passive usages linked to active or middle usages because the Agent and either the Experiencer or the Content are co-referential. Thus, the NT presents no verb phrases of the form, ‘I was reminded by myself of that’. The use of passive base forms to signal internal affectedness also offers insight into passivization in which the passive verb forms signal that the newly elevated subject / Experiencer or Content is affected by an entity (Agent) internal to the event.

1

28

New Testament Verbs of Communication

b. Emphasis In the conceptualization of communication, the Agent communicates Content to an Experiencer. When verbs grammaticalize this event, they consistently raise the Agent as ¿rst complement. The selection of the second complement, however, depends on the relative emphasis that each verb places on the Content and Experiencer in its conceptualization of communication. Some verbs emphasize and so raise the Content as second complement, other verbs emphasize and so raise the Experiencer as second complement, and still other verbs present distinct usages with the Content and the Experiencer emphasized. Emphasis on the Content highlights the production and transmission of the Content (the Agent causes the message to go to the Experiencer); whereas emphasis on the Experiencer highlights the reception and interpretation of the Content (the Agent causes the Experiencer to receive the message).7 Among the 122 NT verbs of communication, 102 emphasize only the Content; ¿fteen emphasize only the Experiencer; and ¿ve present distinct usages with an emphasized Content and an emphasized Experiencer. At least among the latter ¿ve verbs, usages with an emphasized Experiencer have the implication that the Content is interpreted successfully.8 The study notes emphasis by placing a caret, ^, before the emphasized entity. In the following examples, MBMFX (speak) places emphasis on the Content (^C) and EJEB TLX (teach) places emphasis on the Experiencer (^E):

7. Most frequently, discussions of the Content/Experiencer emphasis employ a movement (cause to go) / possession (cause to have) distinction: cf. Steven Pinker, Learnability and Cognition: The Acquisition of Argument Structure (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1987), 48, 63; Margaret Speas, Phrase Structure in Natural Language (Nordrecht: Kluwer, 1990), 87-89; David Pesetsky, Zero Syntax: Experiencers and Cascades (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1995), 135-38; and Malka Rappaport Hovav and Beth Levin, ‘The English Dative Alternation: the Case for Verb Sensitivity’, JLing 44 (2008): 134. However, the movement (cause to go) / reception (cause to receive) distinction better explains the implication that the emphasized Experiencer successfully interprets the Content / message: cf. Adele Goldberg, ‘The Inherent Semantics of Argument Structure: The Case of the English Ditransitive Construction’, CogLing 3, no. 1 (1992): 46, 49-52. Although these authors are concerned with ‘dative alternation’ among various classes of English verbs (X tells Y Z / X tells Z to Y), the movement / reception constraints on the English verbs appear to parallel exactly those of Greek verbs of communication. 8. Adrienne Lehrer, ‘Checklist for Verbs of Speaking’, Acta Linguistica Hungarica 38, nos. 1-4 (1988): 155. 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features ^C

FMB MFJ BVUPJK UP@O MP HPO (Mark 2:2) He was speaking to them the word.

^E

FLFJOPK V NB_K EJEB DFJ QB OUB (John 14:26) That one will teach you all things.

29

In the former example, the emphasis on the Content indicates that the Content or message successfully was produced and moved to ‘them’ but makes no claim about whether the Content was successfully or accurately interpreted. In the latter example, the emphasis on the Experiencer indicates that the Experiencer will receive and successfully interpret ‘all things’. Valence Descriptions introduce into feature descriptions the notation of the emphasized entity (^C or ^E) after the event description, ACE, to specify the emphasized element (for MBMFX, ACE ^C and for EJEB TLX, ACE ^E) and present the remaining information in the usual manner: MBMFX ACE ^C (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1 2 3 Agt Con Exp N N+acc N+dat

EJEB TLX ACE ^E (Cmm. act. ditr) 1 2 3 Agt Exp Con N N+acc N+acc

c. Functionality Each logical entity of the event of communication is associated with a speci¿c semantic function (Agent, Content, and Experiencer). When verbs impose a different semantic function on an entity, it is characterized by a change in functionality; and some changes in functionality of an entity produce new events. The previous discussion introduced two such changes in functionality: the Content (C) of communication changes its function to (J) a Topic (T) with some usages of communication (CJT); and the Content of communication changes its function to a Patient (P) when the same verbs grammaticalize the event of effect (CJP). The change in functionality from Content to Topic (CJT) with a verb produces usages of communication that differ only in this feature, as in the following examples of MBMFX (speak): C

FMB MFJ BVUPJK UP@O MP HPO (Mark 2:2) He was speaking to them the word.

CJT FMB MFJ QFSJ= BVUPV QB_TJO UPJK QSPTEFYPNFOPJK MV USXTJO *FSPVTBMI N (Luke 2:38) He was speaking about him to all those awaiting the redemption of Jerusalem. 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

30

Valence Descriptions note the change in functionality of the Content to a Topic (CJT) after the emphasis description: MBMFX 1 Agt N

2 Con N+acc MBMFX

1 Agt N

2 Top P/QFSJ [+gen]

ACE ^C (Cmm. act. ditr.) 3 Exp N+dat ACE ^C CJT (Cmm. act. ditr.) 3 Exp N+dat

d. Suppression Some verbs grammaticalize conceptualizations of communication by placing a de¿nite semantic referent directly onto the Content argument, suppressing the Content complement, and raising only the Agent and Experiencer as complements. This study marks suppression by placing the suppressed Content in braces, {C}. The omission of the Content complement by suppression differs from the omission of complements whose de¿nite referent may be retrieved from the context (DNC), whose referent is inde¿nite but circumscribed (INC), and whose de¿nite referent may be retrieved from another entity of the event (pass.). All but one of the verbs that suppress the Content complement have cognate nouns and pronouns with the same referent as the suppressed Content complement: BMIRFVX (speak the truth; cf. BMI RFJB), BQPLSJOPNBJ (speak a response; cf. BQP LSJTJK), EFPNBJ (speak an entreaty; cf. EFINB, EFITJK), EINIHPSFX (speak a public address; cf. EINIHPSJB), FDPNPMPHFX (speak a confession, cf. PNPMPHJB), FQJUB TTX (speak an order; cf. FQJUBHI ), FQJUJNB X (speak a rebuke; cf. FQJUJNITJK, FQJIJJNJB), FUFSPEJEBTLBMFX (teach something different; cf. FUFSPK + EJEBTLBMJB), FVBHHFMJ[PNBJ (proclaim good news; cf. FVBHHFMJPO), P NPMPHFX (speak a confession; cf. P NPMPHJB), QSPTFVYPNBJ (say a prayer; cf. QSPTFVYI ), VQFSFOUVHYB OX (speak an intercession; cf. FOUFVDJK), and GXOFX (produce a sound; cf. GXOI ). The remaining verb, BQPUB TTPNBJ (say good-bye), has a specialized meaning that clari¿es the de¿nite referent of the Content.

1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

31

The NT presents no occurrences of suppression with verbs that have transitive passive usages of communication or that otherwise are restricted to grammaticalizing communication with a change in the functionality of the Content to a Topic. Thus, since the Content is not realized, suppression produces for verbs transitive active and middle usages of communication. For some verbs, this is the only usage of communication. For the remaining verbs, suppression produces transitive usages with the same affectedness and emphasis as their corresponding ditransitive usage(s), so that the ditransitive and transitive usages differ only in this feature: C

FVBHHFMJ[PNBJ V NJO YBSB@O NFHB MIO (Luke 2:10) I proclaim to you great joy.

{C}

[NF]…FVBHHFMJTBTRBJ QUXYPJK (Luke 4:18) [me]…to proclaim good news to the poor.

The feature descriptions note suppression by placing the Content of the event in braces, A{C}E, and specifying in braces after the emphasis that the referent of the Content is retrievable directly from the verb, {C=V}. Valence Descriptions note the suppression of the Content by placing its syntactic function in double braces, {{ }}, and listing its realization as DNC. All other descriptions appear in the usual format: FVBHHFMJ[X 1 Agt N

2 Top N+acc

FVBHHFMJ[X 1 Agt N

{{2}} Con DNC

ACE ^C (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 3 Exp N+dat A{C}E ^C {C=V} (Cmm. mid. trans.) 3 Exp N+dat

e. Orality Some verbs are restricted to conceptualizations of oral communication in which the Agent produces speech or sound, and the remaining verbs either are restricted to or tolerate the conceptualization of other modes of communication. For example, the conceptualization of MBMFX (speak) is restricted to oral communication; that of EFJLOVNJ (show) is restricted to non-oral (i.e., visual) communication; and that of NJNOI] TLX (remind) 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

32

accommodates both oral and non-oral modes of communication (reminding by speaking or writing or showing). This study distinguishes between verbs that are restricted to oral communication (+or) and all other verbs of communication (–or): +or

BMMIO QBSBCPMI@O FMB MITFO BVUPJK (Matt 13:33) He spoke to them another parable.

–or

EFJLOVTJO BVUX]_ QB TBK UB@K CBTJMFJBK UPV_ LP TNPV LBJ= UI@O EP DBO BVUX_O (Matt 4:8) He showed to him all the kingdoms of the world and their glory.

Feature descriptions introduce the ±or distinction after the notations on emphasis and suppression: MBMFX 1 Agt N

2 Con N+acc EFJLOVNJ

1 Agt N

2 Con N+acc

ACE ^C +or (Cmm. act. ditr.) 3 Exp N+dat ACE ^C –or (Cmm. act. ditr.) 3 Exp N+dat

3. The Derivation of Events: Event Features Similarities in event schemas and the continuing applicability of affectedness and emphasis and, with some events, suppression recommend that all other events grammaticalized by the verbs of communication be treated as derivatives of the event of communication. This study describes the derivation of other events using the event features exclusion and augmentation, which permit an economical statement of the derivation of events within Valence Descriptions. These event features then permit a brief clari¿cation concerning the ditransitive passive usages of communication with BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ, BQPLSJOPNBJ, and EFPNBJ. a. Exclusion The discussion previously introduced the event feature exclusion to describe the derivation of the event of effect (AP) through exclusion of the Experiencer of communication and of the event of cognition (EC) through exclusion of the Agent of communication. 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

33

Eleven of the verbs grammaticalize the event of effect (Eff.), which includes an Agent and a Patient (AP). This study derives the event of effect from the event of communication through the exclusion of the Experiencer (E) and a change in functionality of the Content to a Patient (CJP). This manner of derivation accounts for the fact that the verbs with usages of communication / effect maintain the same affectedness (act. or mid.), emphasize the same argument (Content / Patient), and admit to suppression of the second complement (Content / Patient). Thus only verbs with usages ACE ^C grammaticalize the event of effect. Cmm. PVL FOUPMI@O LBJOI@O HSB GX V NJO BMM’ FOUPMI@O QBMBJB O… (1 John 2:7) I do not write to you a new commandment but an old commandment…. Eff.

FHSBZFO EF= LBJ= UJUMPO P 1JMB_UPK (John 19:19a) Pilate also wrote an inscription.

Valence Descriptions note the derivation of the event of effect from the event of communication by placing in parentheses within the feature description the excluded Experiencer (E) of communication and specifying the change in functionality of the Content, CJP, immediately after the statement of emphasis. This clari¿es that the verbs with usages of effect are semantically two-place and syntactically transitive:9 HSB GX ACE ^C (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1 2 3 Agt Con Exp N N+acc

HSB GX AC(E) ^C CJP (Eff. act. trans.) 1 2 Agt Pat N N+acc

Four verbs also grammaticalize the event of cognition (Cog.), which includes an Experiencer and a Content. The study derives the event of cognition from the event of communication through the exclusion of the Agent. This manner of derivation accounts for the continuing applicability of the usage features affectedness and emphasis: the verbs maintain the base forms of the usages of communication and the emphasis on the Content as second complement of the usages of communication in the usages of cognition. As a consequence, the verbs with the usage of cognition raise the Experiencer as subject:

9. Note that the description of the event of effect with verbs that designate communication, AC(E) ^C CJP, has an identical interpretation to the description of the event of effect with intrinsic verbs of effect (e.g., QPJFX [do]), AP ^P, which do not grammaticalize communication. 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

34

Cmm. … BOBHOXTRI_OBJ UI@O FQJTUPMI@O QB_TJO UPJK BEFMGPJK (1 Thes 5:27) …that this letter be read to all the brothers and sisters. Cog.

PVEF= UI@O HSBGI@O UBV UIO BOFHOXUF (Mark 12:10) Didn’t you read this scripture?

Valence Descriptions note the derivation of the event of cognition from the event of communication by placing the Agent of communication in parentheses within the feature description. This clari¿es that the verb with the usage of cognition is semantically two-place and syntactically transitive: BOBHJOX TLX ACE ^C –or (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1 Agt N

2 Con N+acc

3 Exp N+dat

BOBHJOX TLX (A)CE ^C (Cog. act. trans.) 1 Agt N

2 Pat N+acc

b. Augmentation Augmentation designates the introduction into an event of a logical entity that is not constitutive of that event. The introduction of a new logical entity into an event may result in the conceptualization of a new event. Augmentation never occurs directly with the event of communication but does occur directly with the event of effect, which is derived from communication through the exclusion of the Experiencer and a change in functionality of the Content to a Patient. This discussion considers the new event derived through augmentation of the event of effect by a Resultative (R). Augmentation of the event of effect, AC(E) ^C CJP, by a logical entity that functions as a Resultative (Rst) produces the event of modi¿cation (Mod.). The verb MFHX, which grammaticalizes this event, maintains the same affectedness (act.) and emphasis (^C) as with the event of communication. With this usage, MFHX has the interpretation ‘call’ or ‘reference as’: Mod. BVUP@K %BVJ=E MFHFJ BVUP@O LV SJPO (Mark 12:37) David himself calls him Lord / references him as Lord. 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

35

Valence Descriptions note the derivation of an event through augmentation by placing a plus sign (+) after the statement of the three entities of the event of communication, ACE, followed by the newly introduced entity, here a Resultative (R). The remaining notations appear in the usual format: MFHX 1 Agt N

2 Pat N+acc

AC(E)+R ^C CJP +or (Mod. act. ditr.) 3 Rst N+acc

c. The Ditransitive Passive Usages of Communication As previously discussed (cf. §2.2a), verbs with active and passive or middle and passive usages of communication present a ditransitive active or middle usage and a corresponding transitive passive usage, which omits the Content or Experiencer that is co-referential to the Agent. In contrast, BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ (contradict), BQPLSJOPNBJ (respond, answer), and EFPNBJ (ask, beg) occur with ditransitive passive usages in which neither the Content/Topic nor the Experiencer is co-referential to the Agent and all three arguments (Agent, Content/Topic, and Experiencer) are realized as complements. According to the discussion of affectedness (cf. §2.1), this indicates that the three verbs grammaticalize an event that includes an Agent, a Content, an Experiencer, and a fourth entity that is co-referential to the Agent but not realized as a complement. The following discussion speci¿es the characteristics of this event and develops its probable derivation from other events. The discussion addresses BQPLSJOPNBJ and EFPNBJ and assumes for BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ a development that is either parallel to or dependent on that of BQPLSJOPNBJ. In Homer, BQPLSJOX grammaticalizes the event of separation (Agent, Patient, Source) with an active ditransitive usage having the interpretation, ‘an Agent separates a Patient from a Source’, and a transitive passive usage having the interpretation, ‘an Agent separates a Patient from itself’. With this transitive passive usage, the Patient is emphasized, the Source is co-referential to the Agent, and the Source is omitted: AP[S] ^P [S=A].10 The verb subsequently grammaticalized the event of Benefaction (Agent, Patient, Benefactive) through a change in the 10. This discussion draws on information provided in the entry for BQPLSJOX in Joseph H. Thayer, Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament: Coded with Strong’s Concordance Numbers (Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1908), 63, and Allan, Middle Voice, 109-10. 1

36

New Testament Verbs of Communication

functionality of the Source to a Benefactive, APS SJB, with a transitive passive usage having the interpretation, ‘an Agent selects / resolves / explicates a Patient for itself’. With this transitive passive usage, the Patient is emphasized, the Agent and Benefactive are co-referential, and the Benefactive is omitted: AP[S] [SJB] [B=A]. Finally the verb grammaticalized a further event (Agent, Content, Experiencer, Benefactive) through augmentation by an Experiencer and a change in functionality of the Patient to a Content, APS+E PJC SJB, with a ditransitive passive usage having the interpretation, ‘an Agent explicates / responds a Content to an Experiencer for itself’. With this ditransitive passive usage, the Patient is emphasized, the Agent and Benefactive are co-referential, and the Benefactive is omitted: AP[S]+E ^P PJC [SJB] [B=A]. The study labels the ¿nal event ‘Communication for a Benefactive’ and lists its entities from the perspective of communication, ACEB (=APS+E PJC SJB). The probable derivation of the event grammaticalized by EFPNBJ is more straightforward. In Herodotus, the verb grammaticalizes the event of cognition (Experiencer, Content) with a transitive active usage having the interpretation, ‘an Experiencer wants/needs a Content’, and a passive transitive usage of cognition for a Benefactive (Experiencer, Content, Benefactive) with the interpretation, ‘an Experiencer wants / needs a Content for itself’. With this transitive passive usage, the Content is emphasized, the Experiencer and Benefactive are co-referential, and the Benefactive is omitted: EC[B] ^C [B=E].11 The verb then grammaticalized a further event (Agent, Content, Experiencer, Benefactive) through augmentation by an Agent, ECB+A, with a ditransitive passive usage having the interpretation, ‘an Agent asks / begs of an Experiencer a Content for itself’.12 With this ditransitive passive usage, the Content is emphasized, the Agent and Benefactive are co-referential and the Benefactive is omitted: EC[B]+A ^C [B=A]. Again, the study labels this event ‘Communication for a Benefactive’ and lists its entities from the perspective of communication, ACEB (=ECB+A) Treating the verbs of communication for a Benefactive (BQPLSJOPNBJ, BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ, and EFPNBJ) with the other verbs of communication (ACE) does not pose a dif¿culty because both sets of verbs raise the

11. This discussion draws on information provided in the entry for EFX (¥%&78) in Thayer, Lexicon, 129. 12. Allan, Middle Voice, 109, notes that the development of the usage of communication is straightforward, given that the statement, ‘I need X’, pragmatically can be interpreted as a request for X. 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features

37

Agent, Content, and Experiencer as arguments and admit to similar description, except for affectedness.13 4. The Further Speci¿cation of Lexical Realizations: Semantic Features Unlike event features, which describe the relationships among and derivations of events, and usage features, which describe the conceptualizations of events grammaticalized by verbs, semantic features describe constraints imposed by Greek grammar on the interpretation of entities referenced by arguments and adjuncts. This discussion introduces two semantic features, ±animate and ±quotation, and develops their implications for the interpretation of particular realizations of complements of verbs and prepositions. This discussion assumes that verbs impose on their prepositional phrase complements a speci¿c thematic role, which the preposition then imposes on its complements. a. ±Animate Greek Grammars frequently employ the distinctions, person/thing or personal/impersonal, to describe the function and interpretation of prepositional and verbal complements. For example, the BDF discussion of P/QBSB provides the following notes on usage: for P/QBSB [+acc], ‘in the local sense, “never used with persons” ’; for P/QBSB [+dat], ‘ “by, near, beside” answering the question “where?” only with persons’; and for P/QBSB [+gen], ‘ “from the side of” only with persons’.14 Again, 13. A similar situation holds for verbs of transference (an Agent transfers a Theme from a Source to a Goal) and verbs of transference for a Benefactive (an Agent transfers a Theme from a Source to a Goal for a Benefactive), where the Theme is ‘the entity located in a place or moving from one place to another’: compare the discussion of usages of transference in Danove, Verbs of Transference, and the discussion of the usages of transference for a Benefactive in Paul Danove, ‘The Usages of EJEXNJ in the Septuagint: Its Interpretation and Translation’, BIOSCS 43 (2010): 23-40. Both verbs of transference and EJEXNJ present usages in which the verbs raise the Agent, Theme, and Goal as complements; and the latter verbs (technically ‘verbs of giving’) also omit the Benefactive. As a consequence, verbs of transference and verbs of giving have usages with identical usage feature descriptions. 14. BDF 122-24: cf. Herbert Weir Smyth, Greek Grammar (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1959), 381-83; Antonius Nicholas Janneris, An Historical Greek Grammar (London: MacMillan, 1897), 83; and Daniel B. Wallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics: With Scripture, Subject, and Greek Word Indexes (Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996), 376. 1

38

New Testament Verbs of Communication

Smyth’s discussion of BLPVX (hear) begins, ‘To hear a thing is usually BLPVFJO UJ’.15 These distinctions appeal to a semantic feature in Greek that characterizes entities as either animate (+animate) or inanimate (–animate).16 Among the semantic entities referenced in the NT, Greek grammar attributes as +animate those that reference divine beings (God, the Holy Spirit, angels), demonic beings (demons, the devil, Satan), heavenly bodies (sun, moon), and living human beings and animals.17 All other semantic entities, including those that reference dead human beings and animals, body parts, concepts, places, and artifacts made by human beings, are –animate. This study incorporates a notation on the ±animate distinction whenever it identi¿es a non-redundant and non-trivial characteristic of the function and interpretation of particular lexical realizations of complements of verbs of communication. The following chart, which details all occurrences of P/FJK and P/FQJ verbal complements according to the preposition (prep.), syntactic case of the object of the preposition (case), thematic role of the complement (role), the ±animate distinction (±an), translation (trans.), and an illustrative example (example), identi¿es two categories of non-redundant and non-trivial characteristics:

15. Herbert Weir Smyth, Greek Series for Colleges and Schools (New York: American Book Company, 1906), 322; BDF, 24; Nigel Turner, A Greek Grammar of the New Testament. III. Syntax (Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1963), 233-34; R. Kühner and B. Gerth, Ausführliche Grammatik der Griechische Sprache, II (Munich: Max Hueber, 1963), 357-59; Smyth, Greek Grammar, 324; and Stanley E. Porter, Idioms of the Greek New Testament (Shef¿eld: Shef¿eld Academic Press, 1992), 97; cf. A.T. Robertson, A Short Grammar of the New Testament (New York: Hodder & Stoughton, 1908), 448-49. 16. The semantic feature, ±animate, has application in distinguishing the Goal / Locative function of N+dat, P/FJK, and P/QSP K [+acc] complements of verbs of transference (cf. Paul Danove, ‘Distinguishing Goal and Locative Complements of New Testament Verbs of Transference’, FgNT 39-40 [2007]: 51-68) and the Content / Topic function of N+acc complements of verbs of cognition (cf. Paul Danove, ‘A Comparison of the Usage of BLPVX and BLPVX-Compounds in the Septuagint and New Testament’, FgNT 14 [2001]: 65-85). 17. Paul Danove, ‘A Comparison of the Usages of EJEXNJ and EJEXNJ Compounds in the Septuagint and New Testament’, in The Language of the New Testament: Context, History and Development (ed. Stanley E. Porter and Andrew W. Pitts; LBS 4; Leiden: E. J. Brill, forthcoming). 1

2. Introduction to Usage, Event, and Semantic Features Prep. P/FJK

Case +acc

±An. +an –an

P/FQJ

+acc

+an –an

+dat

+an –an

+gen

+an –an

Role Ben Loc Top Ben Con Goa Pur Tem

Trans. against among about for, on behalf of to to, into for, in order to on

Exp Top Ben Goa Tem Top Ins Tem Top Loc Loc Man Tem

to about against onto, upon for [a duration of] about, concerning by at about before on, in in, with at, in

39

Example Luke 12:10 Acts 2:22 Acts 2:25 Rom 1:17 2 Thes 2:1-2 Rev 1:11 Rom 16:26 Acts 13:42 Rev 14:6 Mark 9:13 Rom 1:18 Rev 2:17 Acts 17:2 Rev 10:11 Acts 4:18 Heb 9:26 Luke 2:20 Acts 23:30 Rev 14:1 Mark 12:14 Heb 1:2

Although all occurrences of these realizations admit to description by the ±animate distinction, this distinction is either redundant or trivial in a majority of occurrences and receives no notation in Valence Descriptions. The ±animate distinction is redundant for the P/FQJ [+acc] Experiencer because the Experiencer by de¿nition is +animate for Manner, Purpose, or Temporal complements because all circumstantial thematic roles are restricted to –animate entities, and for the –animate P/FJK Content because the preposition licenses an in¿nitive phrase, which is inherently –animate. Since P/FQJ [+dat] realizes both the +animate and –animate Topic without a change in meaning, this distinction is trivial. The remaining occurrences of P/FJK and P/FQJ complements receive notation because the ±animate distinction clari¿es salient (non-redundant and non-trivial) characteristics of the licensing properties of the verbs or of Greek grammar in general. The verbs themselves restrict speci¿c thematic roles that otherwise can be imposed on both +animate and –animate entities to either +animate or –animate entities. For example, the verbs restrict the P/FJK and P/FQJ [+acc] Topic to +animate entities, the P/FQJ [+dat] Instrument to –animate entities, and the P/FQJ [+acc] 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

40

Benefactive of malefaction (against) to –animate referents.18 The verbs also restrict the P/FJK Benefactive of malefaction (against) to +animate entities and the P/FJK Benefactive of benefaction (for, on behalf of) to –animate entities: +an

QB_K PK FSFJ MP HPO FJK UP@O VJP@O UPV_ BORSX QPV… (Luke 12:10) Everyone who will speak [to someone] a word against the Son of Man….

–an

[UI_K BHB QIK] I\K FOFEFJDBTRF FJK UP@ POPNB BVUPV (Heb 6:10) [the love] which you show [to the saints] for his name.

Valence Descriptions note the ±animate distinction in brackets, [+an] or [–an], after the lexical realizations in the third row. In the second example, the relative pronoun is attracted from its expected case (accusative) to the case of its antecedent (genitive). Valence Descriptions note instances of such attraction by recording the expected realization, in this occurrence ‘N+acc’, and placing after it in brackets an abbreviated statement of the attraction, ‘datQFO UI]_ NIUSJ= BVUI_K 5J BJUI TXNBJ … FJTFMRPV_TB FVRV@K NFUB@ TQPVEI_K QSP@K UP@O CBTJMFB I]UI TBUP MFHPVTB RFMX JOB FDBVUI_K EX]_K NPJ FQJ= QJOBLJ UI@O LFGBMI@O *XB OOPV UPV_ CBQUJTUPV (Mark 6:24-25) Coming out she said to her mother, ‘For what may I [with affect] ask?’ … Entering immediately with haste to the king she [with affect] asked, saying, ‘I want you to give to me at once on a platter the head of John the Baptist’.

Implicit Constraints: Group B In the remaining six NT occurrences of BJUFX (John 11:22; Acts 7:46; 13:21; Eph 3:13, 20; Col 1:9), the verb has middle forms; and the contexts introduce no unful¿lled constraints on the action. However, eight of the twenty-¿ve previously investigated active occurrences with God as the referent of the Experiencer15 (Matt 6:8; 7:7, 8, 11; Luke 11:9, 10, 13; Jas 1:5) appear in contexts that identify no explicit constraints, do not account for the ful¿llment of possible implicit constraints, and appear with active forms. These occurrences establish that there can be no assumption that requests to God automatically impose implicit constraints. Thus the motivation for the middle forms must be more complex than that observed for the former group of occurrences with implicit constraints. The six occurrences present the same two distinctions that characterized occurrences with of¿cials of the Roman government as referent of the Experiencer. First, in the twenty-¿ve previously investigated occurrences with God as the referent of the Experiencer, the Content complement is realized on only nine occasions; and these present no speci¿c referent: any deed (Matt 18:19); everything (Matt 21:22; Mark 11:24); whatever (John 15:16; 16:23; 1 John 3:22; 5:14, 15a); and requests (1 John 5:15b). None of these requires interpretation as something that only God can give. In contrast, the Content complement receives realization in all six of these occurrences; and ¿ve of these have a speci¿c referent: ¿nding a dwelling for the house of Jacob (Acts 7:46); a king (Acts 13:21); that the Ephesians not be discouraged (Eph 3:13); things beyond which the Ephesians can imagine (Eph 3:20); and that the Colossians be ¿lled with knowledge of God’s will in all spiritual wisdom and understanding (Col 1:9). In the sixth occurrence, the context 15. Although the statement in Acts 13:21 references the request in 1 Sam 8:5, which is addressed speci¿cally to Samuel, the context (Acts 13:17-23) presents a rehearsal of God’s actions for God’s people. Thus the statement in Acts 13:21, ‘They asked for a king; and God gave them Saul son of Kish’, contextually is addressed to God. 1

8. The Active/Middle Distinction with Four Verbs

159

interprets the typically unspeci¿c ‘whatever’ (PTB BO, John 11:22) to giving life to the dead Lazarus. In all six occurrences, the Agent or character views the Content as something that only God can give. Thus these occurrences incorporate every NT request to God using BJUFX that realizes the Content with a speci¿c referent that only God can give. Second, twenty-one of the twenty-¿ve previous occurrences appear in statements formulated by a character other than the Agent; and, in the four remaining occurrences (1 John 3:22; 5:14, 15a, 15b), the character formulating the statement includes himself in the Agent. However, in no case does the Agent directly address the request to God. In contrast, ¿ve of the six occurrences (Acts 7:46; 13:21; Eph 3:13, 20; Col 1:9) present the Agent directly addressing the request to God and so focus on the perspective of the Agent. This discussion interprets the parallels between the seventeen occurrences with of¿cials as the referent of the Experiencer and these six occurrences with God as the referent of the Experiencer to indicate that requests for something that only the Experiencer can give automatically incur implicit constraints on the Agent to the Experiencer. The parallels also indicate that the most straightforward means of introducing implicit constraints is through direct requests for a speci¿c Content. Here the direct action of the Agent highlights the recognition of implicit constraints, and the speci¿cation of what only the Experiencer can give highlights the basis of the implicit constraints. The ¿rst example illustrates the ¿ve occurrences in which the Agent directly requests something speci¿c from God (Acts 7:46; 13:21; Eph 3:13, 20; Col 1:9), and the second example illustrates the occurrence in which a character formulates the statement requesting ‘whatever’ in relation to the disposition of Lazarus (John 11:22). EJP@ BJUPV_NBJ NI@ FHLBLFJO FO UBJK RMJZFTJO NPV V QF=S V NX_O (Eph 3:13) Therefore I [with affect] ask [God] that you not become discouraged by my struggles on your behalf. LBJ= OV_O PJ>EB PUJ PTB B!O BJUI TI] UP@O RFP@O EX TFJ TPJ P RFP K (John 11:22) Even now I know that, whatever you [with affect] ask God, God will give to you.

3. The Active/Middle Distinction with BQFJMFX "QFJMFX presents one occurrence with Usage #1 and one occurrence with Usage #2. The particular conceptualization of the action assumes no apparent constraints on the Agent’s action. In 1 Pet 2:23 the context 1

160

New Testament Verbs of Communication

introduces no constraints on the action if it had occurred. Thus the verb has an active form. PK MPJEPSPV NFOPK PVL BOUFMPJEP SFJ QB TYXO PVL IQFJMFJ (1 Pet 2:23) [Christ] who, being reviled, did not revile in return, suffering, did not threaten.

In Acts 4:17 the Agent performs the action, and only the perspective of the Agent is pertinent. The purpose clause identi¿es preventing the spread of the news among the people as the unful¿lled constraint on the action, and the verb has a middle form. JOB NI@ FQJ= QMFJPO EJBOFNIRI]_ FJK UP@O MBP@O BQFJMITX NFRB BVUPJK NILFUJ MBMFJO FQJ= UX]_ POP NBUJ UPV UX] NIEFOJ= BORSX QXO (Acts 4:17) In order that it may not spread more among the people, let’s [with affect] threaten them to speak no longer in this name to anyone.

4. The Active/Middle Distinction with EJBUB TTX %JBUB TTX presents ¿ve occurrences with Usage #1, ¿ve occurrences with Usage #2, and ¿ve passivized occurrences whose usage must be determined. As previously discussed, the particular conceptualization of EJBUB TTX has the Agent in the position of superior authority ordering the Experiencer in the inferior position and assumes no constraints on the Agent’s action. The following discussion considers ¿rst the active occurrences, then the middle occurrences, and then uses contextual considerations to identify the base forms of the passivized occurrences. The contexts of ¿ve of the non-passivized occurrences introduce no constraints on the action: Jesus giving orders to his disciples (Matt 11:1) and to the parents of the girl he cured (Luke 8:55); Claudius giving orders that all the Jews be removed from Rome (Acts 18:2); the Lord giving orders to all who proclaim the gospel (1 Cor 9:14); and Paul giving orders to the churches (1 Cor 16:1). Since there are no constraints, the verb has active forms. These ¿ve occurrences receive illustration in the following example. PVUXK LBJ= P LV SJPK EJFUBDFO UPJK UP@ FVBHHFMJPO LBUBHHFMMPVTJO FL UPV FVBHHFMJPV [I_O (1 Cor 9:14) Thus also the Lord gave orders to those proclaiming the gospel to live from the gospel.

The contexts of the ¿ve other non-passivized occurrences introduce unful¿lled constraints. Prior to the occurrence in Acts 7:44, the context asserts that God spoke to Moses through a messenger (BHHFMPK, 7:30, 1

8. The Active/Middle Distinction with Four Verbs

161

35, 38), a messenger spoke to Moses on Mt. Sinai (v. 38), and Moses received from this messenger the oracles to give to the ancestors (v. 38). These statements identify the one speaking in v. 44 as a messenger that functions as the Instrument of God’s communication. As a consequence, the messenger’s action occurs under the constraint of God’s authority. Both the character formulating the statement and the messenger recognize this constraint, and the verb has a middle form. I TLIOI@ UPV NBSUVSJPV I^O UPJK QBUSB TJO I NX_O FO UI]_ FSI NX] LBRX@K EJFUB DBUP P MBMX_O UX]_ .XVTI]_ QPJI_TBJ BVUI@O LBUB@ UP@O UV QPO PO FXSB LFJ (Acts 7:44) Our ancestors had the tent of testimony in the desert, as the one speaking to Moses [with affect] gave orders to make it according to the plan, which he had seen.

Prior to the occurrence in Acts 24:23, Claudius Lysias wrote to Felix stating that Paul is a Roman citizen (23:27) and that Lysias found in Paul’s case nothing deserving of imprisonment (23:29). As a consequence, Felix recognizes that his action of giving orders concerning Paul is constrained by the Roman laws concerning citizens; and the verb has a middle form.16 ['I_MJD] EJBUBDB NFOPK UX]_ FLBUPOUB SYI] UISFJTRBJ BVUP@O FYFJO UF BOFTJO LBJ= NIEFOB LXMV FJO UX_O JEJXO BVUPV V QISFUFJO BVUX]_… (Acts 24:23) [Felix] [with affect] giving orders to the centurion that he be held and have relief and that he not prevent any of his own from serving him…..

In 1 Cor 7:17 Paul recognizes that his action of giving orders is constrained to reÀecting what the Lord and God have established, and the verb has a middle form. FLB TUX] X K FNFSJTFO P LV SJPK FLBTUPO X K LFLMILFO P RFP K PVUXK QFSJ QBUFJUX LBJ= PVUXK FO UBJK FLLMITJBJK QB TBJK EJBUB TTPNBJ (1 Cor 7:17) For each one as the Lord distributes, each one as God has called, thus let each walk and thus I [with affect] give orders in all the churches.

Prior to the occurrence in 1 Cor 11:34, Paul addressed the inappropriate ways in which the Corinthians participate in the Lord’s supper and the consequent judgment that the Corinthians bring on themselves 16. The law of the Roman Republic prohibited magistrates from Àogging or putting to death a Roman citizen without permitting an appeal: cf. Cicero, The Republic and the Law (trans. Niall Rudd; Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press, 1998), 52. The subsequent Lex Iulia de vi publica reaf¿rmed this right for Roman citizens, not only in Rome but throughout Italy and the provinces: cf. H.M. Jones, Studies in Roman Government and Law (New York: Praegen, 1960), 53-54, 184 n. 12. 1

162

New Testament Verbs of Communication

(11:20-32). In vv. 33-34a Paul then gives orders on the correct way to participate and avoid the Lord’s discipline and judgment. Since Paul recognizes that his future action of giving orders will be conducted under the constraint of reÀecting God’s expectations for the Corinthians, the verb has a middle form. FJ UJK QFJOB]_ FO PJLX] FTRJFUX JOB NI@ FJK LSJNB TVOFSYITRF UB@ EF= MPJQB@ X K B!O FMRX EJBUB DPNBJ (1 Cor 11:34) If someone is hungry, let him/her eat at home, lest you go together to judgment. I [with affect] will give further orders when I come.

Prior to the occurrence in Titus 1:5, Paul identi¿es himself as a slave of God and an apostle of Jesus Christ for the sake of the faith of God’s chosen ones (v. 1). Thus Paul recognizes that his orders to Titus for the believers in Crete must conform to constraints imposed by God’s authority and Jesus’ commission; and the verb has a middle form. UPV UPV YB SJO BQFMJQP O TF FO ,SI UI] JOB UB@ MFJQPOUB FQJEJPSRX TI] LBJ= LBUBTUI TI]K LBUB@ QP MJO QSFTCVUFSPVK X K FHX TPJ EJFUBDB NIO (Titus 1:5) Because of this, I left you in Crete, so that you might set in order the remaining things and appoint elders in every town, as I [with affect] gave orders to you.

Since the ¿ve passivized occurrences (Luke 3:13; 17:9, 10; Acts 23:31; Gal 3:19) appear in contexts that do not present constraints on the Agent’s action, this discussion assigns them to Usage #1. 5. The Active/Middle Distinction with FVBHHFMJ[X The particular conceptualization of FVBHHFMJ[X has an Agent proclaiming good news to an Experiencer, and there is nothing inherent in this action that necessarily would indicate constraints on the Agent’s action. However, the authors of Luke/Acts, the Pauline Letters, and 1 Peter assume that those who proclaim are commissioned to do so and/or act under the constraint of a higher authority. In Luke/Acts God sends (BQPTUFMMX) Gabriel (Luke 1:19) and Jesus (Luke 4:43; Acts 10:36) to proclaim; and Jesus sends (BQPTUFMMX, Luke 9:2) his disciples to proclaim (Luke 9:6) and states that proclaiming is a necessity for him (Luke 4:43). In the Pauline Letters God sends (BQPTUFMMX) Christian preachers to proclaim (Rom 10:15); God calls (LBMFX, Gal 1:15) Paul and reveals (BQPLBMVQUX, Gal 1:16) his son to Paul and gives Paul the grace (Eph 3:8) so that he may proclaim; and Paul too claims that 1

8. The Active/Middle Distinction with Four Verbs

163

proclaiming is a necessity for him (1 Cor 9:16).17 In 1 Peter those proclaiming the good news do so by the Holy Spirit (1:12). Thus this discussion assumes that, in Luke/Acts, the Pauline Letters, and 1 Peter, those who proclaim recognize this implicit constraint on their action. Since these books contain all but two of the occurrences with these usages, the expected verb form is middle; and deviations from this will require separate explanation. This discussion considers ¿rst the occurrences of FVBHHFMJ[X with Usages #1/#2 and then those with usages #8/#9.18 a. &VBHHFMJ[X with Usages #1/#2 &VBHHFMJ[X has one occurrence with Usage #1 and twenty-eight occurrences with Usage #2. The middle occurrences appear in Luke/Acts, the Pauline Letters, and 1 Peter, where those who proclaim recognize the implicit constraint on their action. Thus the verb forms are middle, as in the following statements by Jesus and Paul. LBJ= UBJK FUFSBJK QP MFTJO FVBHHFMJTBTRBJ NF EFJ UI@O CBTJMFJBO UPV_ RFPV PUJ FQJ= UPV_UP BQFTUB MIO (Luke 4:43) That I [with affect] proclaim the Reign of God also to other towns is necessary because for this I was sent. FB@O HB@S FVBHHFMJ[XNBJ PVL FTUJO NPJ LBV YINB BOB HLI HB S NPJ FQJLFJUBJ PVBJ= HB S NPJ FTUJO FB@O NI@ FVBHHFMJTXNBJ (1 Cor 9:16) For if I [with affect] proclaim the gospel, it is not a boast for me; for a necessity is laid on me; for there is woe for me if I [with affect] do not proclaim the gospel.

A similar assumption of commissioned proclaiming is not apparent in Revelation. Among the many speaking messengers in Revelation, the only one speci¿cally sent (BQPTUFMMX) with a constraint to communicate (EFJLOVNJ, Rev 1:1; 22:6) is the narrator of the revelation. The messenger in Rev 14:6, however, is not portrayed as the narrator; and the context (14:6-7) gives no indication that this messenger’s action is under any constraint. Thus the verb form is active. 17. This assertion assumes not that the Letters have a single author but that they reÀect a single tradition that interprets proclaiming as a commissioned activity. 18. This discussion considers only the thirty-two occurrences of FVBHHFMJ[X with usages that differ only in the active / middle distinction (Usages #1/#2 and #8/#9). The remaining twenty-two occurrences of this verb appear with Usage #5 (Luke 4:18; Acts 8:12; 14:7; Rom 1:15; 15:20; 1 Cor 1:17; 9:16a, 16b, 18; 2 Cor 10:16; Gal 4:13) and Usage #11 (Matt 11:5; Luke 3:18; 7:22; 20:1; Acts 8:25, 40; 14:21; 16:10; Heb 4:2, 6; 1 Pet 1:12), which do not have corresponding active usages. 1

164

New Testament Verbs of Communication FJ>EPO BMMPO BHHFMPO QFUP NFOPO FO NFTPVSBOI NBUJ FYPOUB FVBHHFMJPO BJX OJPO FVBHHFMJTBJ FQJ= UPV@K LBRINFOPVK FQJ= UI_K HI_K LBJ= FQJ= QB_O FROPK LBJ= GVMI@O LBJ= HMX_TTBO LBJ= MBP O (Rev 14:6) I saw another angel Àying in mid-heaven, having an everlasting gospel to proclaim upon those sitting on the earth and upon every nation and tribe and tongue and people.

b. &VBHHFMJ[X with Usage #8/#9 &VBHHFMJ[X presents one occurrence with Usage #8 and three occurrences with Usage #9. The three occurrences with Usage #9 appear in Luke/Acts and the Pauline Letters (Acts 13:32; 14:15; Gal 1:9), which assume that the action is a commissioned activity under constraints that are recognized by the Agent. The following example illustrates these three middle occurrences. I NFJK V NB_K FVBHHFMJ[P NFRB UI@O QSP@K UPV@K QBUFSBK FQBHHFMJBO HFOPNFOIO (Acts 13:32) We [with affect] tell you [as good news] the promise to the ancestors.

The occurrence in Revelation has God as the referent of the Agent and prophets as the referent of the Experiencer. Only self-constraints are possible for God and the context introduces no such constraints. Thus the verb form is active. BMM’ FO UBJK I NFSBJK UI_K GXOI_K UPV FCEP NPV BHHFMPV PUBO NFMMI] TBMQJ[FJO LBJ= FUFMFTRI UP@ NVTUI SJPO UPV_ RFPV X K FVIHHFMJTFO UPV@K FBVUPV EPV MPVK UPV@K QSPGI UBK (Rev 10:7) But in the days of the sound of the seventh messenger, when he is about to blow a trumpet, and the mystery of God is ful¿lled, as he told his own slaves the prophets [as good news].

6. Veri¿cation of the Active/Middle Distinction The discussions of the four verbs verify that their middle forms consistently signal the recognition of unful¿lled constraints that exceed those assumed by the particular conceptualizations of the verbs. When the contexts introduce no added explicit or implicit constraints on the action or indicate that added explicit or implicit constraints on the action are ful¿lled, the verb forms are active. When the contexts introduce added explicit or implicit constraints on the action and do not indicate that they are ful¿lled, the verb forms are middle.

1

Chapter 9

FURTHER CONSIDERATIONS AND CONCLUSION

This chapter develops further considerations concerning the possible contribution of MFHX melding and MFHX coordination to the licensing properties of verbs, the nature of subject affectedness, and the characteristics of verbal emphasis. The concluding discussion recapitulates signi¿cant ¿ndings of the study of NT verbs of communication and communication for a Benefactive. 1. -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination Revisited This investigation reviews salient elements of the foregoing presentations on MFHX melding and MFHX coordination, identi¿es patterns in their occurrences among usages ACE ^C +or, ACE ^E +or, ACEB ^C +or, and ACEB ^E +or, and proposes a possible historical function of MFHX melding and MFHX coordination. This discussion references MFHX melding by ‘LM’ and MFHX coordination by ‘LC’. a. Salient Considerations Concerning -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination The following summaries review salient elements of the discussions of the 247 occurrences of LM and the ¿fty-eight occurrences of LC with verbs of communication (cf. §§3.9, 4.8) and communication for a Benefactive (cf. §7.8) and identify asymmetries in their distribution. Thirty verbs with usages ACE ^C +or occur in the context of LM. Of these, fourteen license Content complements of direct communication (+quo) both inside and outside the context of LM; eleven license +quo Content complements only in the context of LM; one licenses +quo Content complements only in the context of LM and LC; and four grammaticalize communication (event ACE) only in the context of LM (cf. §3.9a). Five verbs with usages ACE ^E +or occur in the context of LM. Among these, four license +quo Content complements both inside and

166

New Testament Verbs of Communication

outside the context of LM; and one licenses +quo Content complements only in the context of LM (cf. §4.8a). One verb with usages ACEB ^C +or and one verb with usages ACEB ^E +or occur in the context of LM, and both verbs license +quo Content complements both inside and outside the context of LM (cf. §§7.8a, 7.8c). The most consistent function of LM in the NT is to highlight the verbatim nature of the Content complement (246 of 247 occurrences).1 In order of decreasing frequency, other functions of LM are to shift the emphasis to Content complements (thirty-seven occurrences with usages ACE ^E +or and one with usages ACEB ^E +or), to permit verbs of oral communication to license +quo complements (twenty-three occurrences with usages ACE ^C +or and ACE ^E +or), and to permit verbs of non-communication to grammaticalize event ACE and license +quo complements (nine occurrences with usages ACE ^C +or). Twelve verbs with Usages ACE ^C +or occur in the context of LC. Of these, nine license +quo Content complements both inside and outside the context of LC; two license +quo Content complements only in the context of LC; and one licenses +quo Content complements only in the context of LM and LC (cf. §3.9b). Four verbs with Usages ACE ^E +or occur in the context of LC; and all four license +quo Content complements both inside and outside the context of LC (cf. §4.8c). The verb with usages ACEB ^C +or that occurs in the context of LC licenses +quo Content complements both inside and outside the context of LC (cf. §7.8b). The most consistent function of LC in the NT is to highlight the verbatim nature of Content complements (¿fty-¿ve of ¿fty-eight occurrences). A secondary function is to shift the emphasis to the Content complement (eight occurrences with usages ACE ^E +or). These summaries identify two asymmetries in the occurrences of LM in comparison to LC: (1) LM permits verbs with usages ACE ^C +or and ACE ^E +or that do not otherwise license +quo Content complements to do so, and (2) LM permits verbs of non-communication to grammaticalize communication and to license +quo Content complements. These two asymmetries receive further investigation in §9.1d. b. Patterns in the Distribution of -FHX Melding and -FHX Coordination A review of the occurrences of LM and LC reveals two sets of contrasting patterns in their distributions. Although the one verb having a single occurrence with usages ACEB ^E does not provide a basis for 1. This is also the case with the one occurrence of LM with a verb of non-oral communication, where the verbatim nature of what is written is highlighted (cf. §5.12). 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

167

meaningful comparisons to the other three sets of usages, the other three sets provide suf¿cient occurrences to identify distinct patterns in the number of verbs and the number of occurrences of verbs that participate in LM and LC. Table #1 presents the total number of verbs with each set of usages (verbs), the number of verbs with LM (LM#) and the percentage of verbs with LM (LM%), the number of verbs with LC (LC#), and the percentage of verbs with LC (LC%). Table #1 clari¿es that the ¿rst three sets of usages present roughly the same percentage of verbs that participate in LM (from 33.3% to 38.5%) but increasing percentages of verbs that participate in LC (from 14.8% to 33.3%). Table #1

Usages ACE ^C +or Usages ACE ^E +or Usages ACEB ^C +or Usages ACEB ^E +or

verbs

LM#

LM%

||

LC#

LC%

81 13 3 1

30 5 1 1

37.0% 38.5% 33.3% 100%

|| || || ||

12 4 1 0

14.8% 30.8% 33.3% 0%

The total number of occurrences of LM and LC among the ¿rst three sets of usages present a different distributional pattern. Table #2 lists the total number of occurrences with each set of usages (occ.), the number of occurrences with LM (LM#) and the percentage of occurrences with LM (LM%), the number of occurrences with LC (LC#), and the percentage of occurrences with LC (LC%). Table #2 clari¿es that LM occurs 4.11 (11.3%/2.75%) times more frequently with verbs having usages ACE ^E +or than with verbs having usages ACE ^C +or and 4.44 (50.2%/11.3%) times more frequently with the verb having usages ACEB ^C +or than with the verbs having usages ACE ^E +or. Similarly, LC occurs 4.71 (2.45%/0.52%) times more frequently with verbs having usages ACE ^E +or than with verbs having usages ACE ^C +or and 5.76 (14.1%/2.45%) times more frequently with the verbs having usages ACEB ^E +or than with the verbs having usages ACE ^C +or. Table #2 Occ. Usages ACE ^C +or Usages ACE ^E +or Usages ACEB ^C +or Usages ACEB ^E +or

1

3459 326 227 21

LM#

LM%

||

LC#

LC%

95 37 114 1

2.75% 11.3% 50.2% 4.8%

|| || || ||

18 8 32 0

0.52% 2.45% 14.1% 0%

168

New Testament Verbs of Communication

Tables #1 and #2 identify three progressions: the increase across sets of usages in the percentage of verbs participating in LC in comparison to LM; the increasing percentage of occurrences with LM and LC from usages ACE ^C +or to usages ACE ^E +or; and increasing percentage of occurrences with LM and LC from usages ACE ^E +or to usages ACEB ^C +or. c. Explanations for Two of the Progressions This study explains the ¿rst two progressions by stylistic and associated considerations. In the ¿rst progression, which concerns the increasing percentage of verbs participating in LC across sets of usages, the distribution of occurrences within speci¿c NT books appears to be a signi¿cant factor. Table #3 distinguishes by NT book the number of occurrences with LM (LM#), the percentage of occurrences with LM (LM%), the number of occurrences with LC (LC#), and the percentage of occurrences with LC (LC%). Table #3 clari¿es that LM has a rather broad distribution across a number of NT books, without any particular book playing a determinative role. In contrast, LC appears overwhelmingly in John, which relies heavily on repetition and utilizes a comparatively small vocabulary. As a consequence, this discussion attributes the increasing percentage of verbs participating in LC to the peculiarities of the style of the Gospel of John. Table #3

Matthew Mark Luke John Acts 1 Corinthians Galatians Ephesians Hebrews Jude Revelation Total

LM#

LM%

||

LC#

LC%

84 35 73 13 23 1

34.0% 14.2% 29.6% 5.3% 9.3% 0.4%

4 8 4 34 5

6.9% 13.8% 6.9% 58.6% 8.6%

5 1 12 247

2.0% 0.4% 4.9% 100%

|| || || || || || || || || || || ||

1 1

1.7% 1.7%

1 58

1.7% 100%

The second progression concerns the increasing frequency of occurrence of LM and LC from usages ACE ^C +or to usages ACE^E +or. This discussion proposes a combination of rhetorical and stylistic considerations to explain the second progression. As previously 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

169

discussed, a secondary contribution of LM and LC with verbs having usages ACE ^E +or is to shift the emphasis to the Content complement. This shift has the rhetorical function of moving the focus from the complement (Experiencer) that the verb must emphasize to the complement (Content) that is the actual focus on the context. For example, in Matt 5:2, EJEB TLX (teach), which must raise the Experiencer as the emphasized complement for all authors except that of Revelation, introduces the Sermon on the Mount (Content), which is the contextual focus of Jesus’ action of teaching. Again, in Mark 14:61, FQFSXUB X (ask) must emphasize the Experiencer even though the actual contextual focus is Jesus’ identity (Content). BOPJDBK UP@ TUP NB BVUPV FEJEBTLFO BVUPV@K MFHXO .BLB SJPJ PJ QUXYPJ= UX]_ QOFV NBUJ PUJ BVUX_O FTUJO I CBTJMFJB UX_O PVSBOX_O (Matt 5:2-3) Opening his mouth, he was teaching them, saying, ‘Blessed [are] the poor in the spirit because the reign of the heavens is theirs. QB MJO P BSYJFSFV@K FQISX UB BVUP@O LBJ= MFHFJ BVUX]_ 4V@ FJ> P YSJTUP@K P VJP@K UPV FVMPHIUPV (Mark 14:61) Again the high priest was asking him and says to him, ‘Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed One?’

A review of the occurrences with usages ACE^E +or indicates that the contexts of twenty-seven of the thirty-seven occurrences of LM and of all eight of the occurrences of LC focus on the Content.2 Since exclusion of these occurrences would bring the percentage of occurrences with usages ACE ^C +or / ACE ^E +or into close proximity both for LM (2.75% / 3.07%) and LC (0.52% / 0%), this discussion attributes the second progression to rhetorical and stylistic considerations. d. The Asymmetries and Remaining Progression: A Proposal This discussion identi¿es shifts in the use of verbs of communication from the LXX to the NT and develops from these shifts a tentative proposal concerning the possible function of LM and LC in the historical development of Greek verbs of communication. The proposal remains tentative because the basis of comparison, changes in the distribution and use of words from the LXX to the NT, is limited and because changes in 2. Focus on the Content: LM (27 occurrences), EJEB TLX, Matt 5:2; FQFSXUB X, Matt 17:10; 22:23-24, 41-42; 27:11; Mark 8:27; 9:11; 12:18; Luke 3:10, 14; 9:18; 18:18; 20:21, 27-28; 21:7; 22:64; FSXUB X, Matt 16:13; Luke 23:3; John 4:31; 9:2, 19; Acts 1:6; and QBSBLBMFX, Matt 8:31; Mark 5:12, 23; Luke 7:4; Acts 2:40; and LC (8 occurrences), EJEB TLX, Mark 4:2; 9:31; 11:17; John 7:28; FQFSXUB X, Mark 14:61; FSXUB X, John 1:25; and QBSBLBMFX, Mark 1:40; Acts 16:9. 1

170

New Testament Verbs of Communication

meaning and licensing properties for many verbs from the LXX to the NT further limit the basis of comparison. The discussion develops the proposal in relation to the ¿rst asymmetry and then veri¿es its components in relation to the second asymmetry and remaining progression. The ¿rst asymmetry concerns the fourteen NT verbs that grammaticalize event ACE but license +quo Content complements only in the context of LM and / or LC. Among the fourteen NT verbs with this characteristic, EJJ TYVSJ[PNBJ and TV[IUFX do not occur in the LXX; and FQJUJNB X grammaticalizes event ACE only in the context of LC in the LXX.3 As in the NT, HPHHV[X, EJBNBSUVSPNBJ, FQJUJNB X, QBSBHHFMMX, QSPTFVYPNBJ, QSPTGXOFX, and QSPGIUFVX license +quo complements only in the context of LM and LC; and BJUFX, EJBTUFMMPNBJ (also EJBTUFMMX in the LXX), FLUJRINJ, FQBHHFMMPNBJ, QSPTGXOFX, and TVMMBMFX grammaticalize event ACE but do not participate in LM or LC or license +quo Content complements in the LXX.4 A further basis of comparison concerns verbs that directly license +quo Content complements in the NT but in the LXX are restricted to licensing +quo Content complements only in the context of LM and LC. A review of the

3. FQJUJNB X (11 occurrences): ACE with LC (1 occurrence), Gen 37:10; and effect (10 occurrences), Ruth 2:16; 3 Macc 2:24; Ps 9:6; 67:31; 105:9; 118:21; Sir 11:7; Sol 2:23; Zech 3:2a, 2b. 4. BJUFX (84 occurrences): –quo, Exod 3:22; 11:2; 12:35; 22:13; Deut 10:12; 18:16; Josh 14:12; 15:18; 19:50; 21:42; Judg 1:14; 5:25; 8:24, 26; 1 Sam 1:17, 20, 27; 8:10; 12:17, 19; 2 Sam 3:13; 12:20; 1 Kgs 2:16, 20a, 20b, 22a, 22b; 3:5, 10, 11a, 11b, 11c, 11d, 11e, 13; 10:13; 12:24; 19:4; 2 Kgs 2:9, 10; 4:3, 28; 1 Chr 4:10; 2 Chr 1:7, 11a, 11b, 11c; 9:12; 11:23; 1 Esdr 4:42, 46; 6:11; 8:51; Ezra 6:9; 7:21; 8:22; Neh 13:6; Esth 16:13; Tob 4:2; 4:19; 1 Macc 3:44; 15:35; 2 Macc 7:10; 3 Macc 6:37; 4 Macc 5:14; Ps 2:8; 20:5; 26:4; 39:7; 77:18; 104:40; Ode 12:13; Prov 30:7; Eccl 2:10; Job 6:22, 25; Wis 13:19; 19:11; Mic 7:3; Zech 10:1; Isa 7:11, 12; 58:2; Lam 4:4; EJBTUFMMPNBJ (57 occurrences): –quo (14 occurrences), Gen 30:28; Lev 5:4a, 4b; 2 Chr 19:10; 23:18; Jdth 11:12; 14:15; 2 Macc 14:28; Ezek 3:18a, 18b, 19, 20, 21a, 21b; and non-communication (43 occurrences), Gen 25:23; 30:35, 40; Lev 10:10; 11:47; 16:26; 22:21; Num 8:14; 16:9; 35:11; Deut 10:8; 19:2, 7; 29:20; Josh 20:7; Judg 1:19; Ruth 1:17; 1 Sam 3:1; 1 Kgs 8:53; 2 Kgs 2:11; 1 Chr 23:13; Ezra 8:24; 10:8, 11, 16; Neh 8:8; Ps 65:14; 67:15; 105:33; Sir 16:26; 44:23; Sol 2:34; Hos 13:15; Mic 5:7; Nah 1:12; Mal 3:11; Jer 22:14; Ezek 22:26a, 26b; 24:14; 39:14; 42:20; Dan 13:48; FLUJRINJ (13 occurrences), –quo (4 occurrences), Esth 9:14; 2 Macc 11:36; Job 36:15; Dan 5:7; and effect (9 occurrences), Esth 3:14; 4:3, 8; 8:13, 14, 17a, 17b; 16:19; Wis 18:5; QSPTGXOFX (4 occurrences): –quo, 1 Esdr 2:16; 6:6, 21; 2 Macc 15:15; and TVMMBMFX (4 occurrences); –quo, Exod 34:35; Prov 6:22; Isa 7:6; Jer 18:20. In this and following footnotes, ‘–quo’ incorporates all occurrences in which the verbs do not license +quo Content complements. 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

171

verbs in the Lexicon (Chapter 10) indicates that this is the case with EJEB TLX and QVORB OPNBJ.5 These three shifts in the use of verbs between the LXX and NT permit the formulation of the tentative proposal concerning the historical role of LM and LC. This discussion interprets the ¿rst shift to indicate that LM and LC played a role in extending the functionality of intrinsic verbs of effect to grammaticalize communication (event ACE). The discussion interprets the second and third shifts to indicate that LM and LC also played a role in extending the functionality of verbs of communication that intrinsically licensed only –quo Content complements to license +quo Content complements. This two-fold proposal receives further consideration in the discussion of the second asymmetry. The second asymmetry concerns the four NT verbs that grammaticalize event ACE and license +quo Content complements only in the context of LM: BOBCPB X, EJBHPHHV[X, TVMMPHJ[PNBJ, and GXOFX. A comparison to the LXX indicates that EJBHPHHV[X and GXOFX similarly grammaticalize event ACE and license +quo complements only in the context of LM, that BOBCPB X grammaticalizes event ACE and licenses a +quo Content complement in one occurrence (4 Macc 6:16), and that TVMMPHJ[PNBJ grammaticalizes only the event of effect (Agent, Patient).6 5. EJEB TLX (103 occurrences) in the LXX: LM (1 occurrence), Jer 38:34; LC (2 occurrences), Prov 4:4; Job 8:10 (DNC Content complement; LC: BOBHHFMMX); –quo (100 occurrences), Deut 4:1, 10, 14; 5:31; 6:1; 11:19; 20:18; 31:19, 22; 32:44; Judg 3:2; 2 Sam 1:18; 22:35; 1 Chr 5:18; 25:7; 2 Chr 17:7, 9a, 9b; 1 Esdr 8:7, 23; 9:48, 49, 55; Ezra 7:10; Neh 8:8; 4 Macc 18:10, 12, 18a, 18b; Ps 17:35, 36; 24:4, 5, 9; 33:12; 50:15; 70:17; 93:10, 12; 118:12, 26, 64, 66, 68, 99, 108, 124, 135, 171; 131:12; 142:10; 143:1; Ode 14:36, 37, 38, 43; Prov 1:23; 4:11; 5:13; 6:13; 22:21; 30:3; Eccl 12:9; Song 3:8; Job 6:24; 10:2; 13:23; 21:22; 22:2; 32:8; 33:4, 33; 36:2; 37:19; 42:4; Wis 6:10; 7:21; 9:18; 12:19; Sir 9:1; 18:13; 22:9; 30:3; 33:28; 45:5, 17; Hos 10:11; Isa 9:14; 29:13; 55:12; Jer 9:13, 19; 12:16; 13:21; 38:18; 39:33a, 33b; Ezek 44:23; Dan 1:4; 11:4; and QVORB OPNBJ (13 occurrences): LM (2 occurrences), 1 Esdr 6:10; Dan 2:15; and –quo (11 occurrences), Gen 25:22; 2 Chr 31:9; 32:31; Esth 6:4; 13:3; 2 Macc 3:9; 3 Macc 1:13; 5:18, 27; 4 Macc 9:27; 11:13. 6. BOBCPB X (44 occurrences): +quo (1 occurrence), 4 Macc 6:16; LM (4 occurrences), 1 Sam 20:38; 4 Macc 10:2 [LM: GINJ]; Dan 6:17; 8:16; LC (13 occurrences), 1 Sam 17:8; 20:37; 28:12; 2 Sam 18:25 [LC: BQBHHFMMX & MFHX]; 1 Kgs 17:20; 18:36; 2 Kgs 4:40; Jdth 7:23; Jonah 1:14; Zech 6:8; Ezek 9:8; 11:13; Dan 14:41; and non-communication (26 occurrences), Gen 21:16; 27:34, 38; Exod 2:23; 14:10; Num 20:16; Deut 26:7; Josh 6:10a, 10b; 24:7; 1 Sam 4:13; 13:4; 14:20; 1 Kgs 17:22; 2 Kgs 3:21; Neh 9:27, 28; Jdth 4:9; 5:12; 7:19; 3 Macc 5:51; Jonah 1:5; 3:8; Isa 57:13; 58:1; Dan 13:60; EJBHPHHV[X (10 occurrences): LM (1 occurrence), Exod 15:24; LC (2 occurrences), Num 14:2; Deut 1:27; and non-communication (7 occurrences), Exod 16:2, 7, 8; Num 14:36; 16:11; Josh 9:18; Sir 31:24; 1

172

New Testament Verbs of Communication

Since most recent scholarship dates the composition of 4 Maccabees to the ¿rst half of the ¿rst century C.E., which is contemporaneous to the composition of the earlier NT documents, the +quo Content with BOBCPB X in 4 Macc 6:16 offers no basis for historical comparison.7 In contrast, the occurrences of TVMMPHJ[PNBJ directly support the ¿rst part of the proposal. Although the remaining progression concerns the increase in the percentage of occurrences of LM and LC from usages ACE ^E +or to usages ACEB ^C +or, this discussion investigates the progression from usages ACE ^C +or to usages ACEB ^C +or for two reasons. First, the primarily stylistic explanation for the increase from usages ACE ^C +or to usages ACE ^E +or cannot contribute to an explanation of the third progression because the occurrences of BQPLSJOPNBJ, like those of verbs with usages ACE ^C +or, already emphasize the Content complement. Second, BQPLSJOPNBJ and verbs with usages ACE ^C +or have identical licensing properties except for the feature affectedness. Thus the basis of comparison is the cumulative change from usages ACE ^C +or to usages ACEB ^C +or, which presents 18.2 (4.11 × 4.44) times more occurrences of LM and 27.1 (4.71 × 5.76) times more occurrences of LC from the LXX to the NT. Table #4 compares the number and percentage of occurrences of BQPLSJOPNBJ in the LXX (LXX# and LXX%) and in the NT (NT# and NT%). Since the verb consistently grammaticalizes event ACEB, the occurrences resolve into those that license +quo Content complements (+quo), those that participate in LM (LM) or LC (LC), and those that do not license +quo Content complements (–quo).8 As Table #4 clari¿es, TVMMPHJ[PNBJ (5 occurrences with the interpretation ‘deduce’ or ‘reckon’): effect, Lev 25:27, 50, 52; Num 23:9; Isa 43:18; and GXOFX (24 occurrences): LM (2 occurrences), 1 Esdr 5:58 [LM: P NPMPHFX]; 8:89; LC (2 occurrences), 1 Esdr 9:10; Dan 4:14; and non-communication (20 occurrences), 1 Chr 15:16; 1 Esdr 4:41; Tob 5:9; 1 Macc 9:12; 3 Macc 1:23; 2:22; 4 Macc 15:21; Ps 113:15; 134:17; Ode 11:14; Amos 3:6; Zeph 2:14; Isa 8:19a, 19b; 19:3; 29:4; 38:14; Jer 17:11; Bar 6:40; Dan 5:7. 7. David J. Elliott, ‘4 Maccabees’, OBC, 790-92 (792); David A. deSilva, 4 Maccabees (Shef¿eld: Shef¿eld Academic Press, 1998), 14-18 (18); Hugh Anderson, ‘Fourth Maccabees’, ABD 4:452-54 (453); Raymond E. Brown, Pheme Perkins, and Anthony J. Saldarini, ‘Apocrypha; Dead Sea Scrolls; Other Jewish Literature’, NJBC, 1055-82 (1068). 8. BQPLSJOPNBJ (246 LXX occurrences): +quo (7 occurrences), 1 Sam 9:17; 20:32; 29:9; Ezra 3:11; Dan 2:10; 4:19; 5:17; LM (56 occurrences), Gen 18:9, 27; 23:5, 10, 14; 24:50; 27:37, 39; 31:14, 31, 36, 43; 40:18; 41:16a; 42:22; Exod 21:5; 24:3; Num 11:28; 23:26; 32:31; Deut 21:7; 25:9; 27:14, 15; Josh 1:16; 9:24; 22:21 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

173

BQPLSJOPNBJ shows a signi¿cant increase in the percentage of +quo complements (2.8% LXX / 25.5% NT), a slight decline in the combined percentages of LM and LC (68.3% LXX / 62.1 % NT), and a signi¿cant decrease in the percentage in –quo complements (36.0% LXX / 15.5& NT) from the LXX to the NT. Table #4 LM# +quo LM LC –quo Total

7 56 87 96 246

LM%

||

LC#

2.8% 22.8% 35.4% 39.0% 100%

|| || || || ||

59 114 32 26 231

LC% 25.5% 49.4% 13.9% 11.3% 100%

These data indicate that, outside of the context of LM and LC, BQPLSJOPNBJ functions overwhelmingly as a verb of indirect oral communication in the LXX and primarily as a verb of direct oral communication in the NT. Equally signi¿cant is the fact that the verb directly licenses +quo Content complement in only three (1 Samuel, Ezra, and Daniel) of the thirty-six LXX books in which it appears as compared to four (Mark, Luke, John, and Acts) of the six NT books in [LM: MBMFX]; 24:16; 2 Sam 1:16; 1 Kgs 12:16; 2 Chr 10:16; 1 Esdr 6:12; Esth 7:3; Jdth 6:17 [LM: BQBHHFMMX]; Tob 2:14; 5:1; 1 Macc 10:55; 13:8; 15:33; 2 Macc 7:8 [LM; QSPTMFHX]; 15:14; Job 1:7; Isa 3:7; 21:9; Jer 51:15, 20; Ezek 9:11; 14:3a [LM: BQPLSJOPNBJ]; Dan 2:5, 7, 26; 3:16a; 4:30; 5:13; 6:13; 7:16; LC (87 occurrences), Exod 4:1; 19:8; Num 22:18; Deut 1:14, 41; 26:5; Josh 7:20; Judg 7:14; 18:14; 20:4; Ruth 2:6, 11; 1 Sam 1:15, 17; 4:17; 9:8, 12, 19, 21; 10:12; 14:12, 28; 16:18; 20:3, 28; 21:5, 6; 22:9, 14; 23:4; 25:10; 26:6, 14b, 22; 30:22; 2 Sam 4:9; 13:32; 14:18; 15:21; 19:22, 43, 44; 20:20; 1 Kgs 1:28, 36, 43; 2:22; 3:26, 27; 18:24; 21:4, 11; 2 Kgs 1:10, 12 [LC: MBMFX & MFHX]; 3:11; 7:2, 13, 19; 2 Chr 29:31; 34:15; Ezra 10:2, 12; Neh 8:6; 1 Macc 2:17, 19; 8:19; Song 2:10; Job 1:9; 40:1; Amos 7:14; Joel 2:19; Hag 2:12, 13, 14; Zech 1:6, 10, 11, 12; 3:4; 4:5, 6, 11; 6:4, 5; Isa 14:10; Jer 11:5; 40:3 [LC: BQBHHFMMX]; and –quo (96 occurrences), Gen 34:13; 41:16b; 45:3; Exod 19:19; Num 13:26; 22:8; Deut 20:11; Josh 14:7; 22:32; Judg 5:29; 8:8a, 8b; 19:28; 1 Sam 4:20; 12:3a, 3b; 14:37, 39a, 39b, 41; 20:7, 10; 26:14a; 28:6; 2 Sam 3:11; 24:13; 1 Kgs 2:30; 12:6, 9, 13, 24a, 24b, 24c; 18:21; 21:12; 2 Kgs 4:29; 18:36a, 36b; 1 Chr 10:13; 21:12; 2 Chr 10:6, 9, 13; Ezra 5:11; 1 Macc 2:36; 4:46; 13:35; 15:36; Ps 87:1; 101:24; 118:42; Prov 15:28, 33; 18:13; 22:21; 24:26; 26:4, 5; Job 16:3; 20:3; 32:3, 15, 16; 33:32; 38:3; 40:2, 7; Sir 4:8; 5:12; 11:8; 33:4; Mic 3:11; 6:3, 5; Hab 2:1, 2; Zeph 2:3; Zech 1:13; Isa 14:32; 36:21a, 21b; 41:28; Jer 7:13; 23:35; 32:30; 49:4; Lam 3:33; Ezek 14:3b, 4, 7; 20:3, 31a, 31b; Dan 3:16b; 9:25; 13:48. The data for BQPLSJOPNBJ in the NT appears in the Parsing Guide (Chapter 10). 1

174

New Testament Verbs of Communication

which it appears. These observations support the second part of the proposal, which views LM and LC as mechanisms for extending the functionality of verbs of communication that intrinsically license only –quo Content complements to license +quo Content complements. 2. Affectedness Revisited The introduction to the feature affectedness noted that most contemporary grammarians interpret active base forms to offer no guidance concerning the affectedness of the subject / Agent and middle and passive base forms to signal that the subject / Agent somehow is affected (cf. §2.2a). That discussion went on to propose that middle base forms signal that the subject is affected but the affectedness does not derive from another entity grammaticalized by the verb (external affectedness) and that passive base forms signal that the subject is affected because it is co-referential to another entity grammaticalized by the verb (internal affectedness) but not raised as a complement. This distinction is readily apparent only in the future and aorist, where middle and passive base forms differ. The following discussion reviews the results of the analysis of the 120 verbs that grammaticalize event ACE and the three verbs that grammaticalize event ACEB to verify the proposal of a three-fold distinction among base forms. The discussion then develops additional considerations that permit a further clari¿cation about the active-middlepassive distinction and a further proposal concerning the function of active base forms. The discussion of the three-fold distinction considers ¿rst the verbs with usages ACEB and then the verbs with usages ACE. a. Affectedness with Usages ACEB The initial discussion of the three verbs with ditransitive passive usages (BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ, BQPLSJOPNBJ, and EFPNBJ) proposed that these verbs grammaticalize an event with four entities (Agent, Content, Experiencer, and Benefactive) in which the Benefactive consistently is co-referential to the Agent and is not raised as a complement (cf. §2.3c). If this proposal is correct, it veri¿es the interpretation of internal affectedness and the implications of passive base forms with these three verbs. b. Affectedness with Usages ACE The study of the 120 NT verbs that grammaticalize event ACE indicates that eighty-three verbs occur only with active usages, twenty-eight verbs occur only with middle usages, four verbs occur with both active and middle usages, four verbs occur with both active and passive usages, and 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

175

one verb occurs with both middle and passive usages.9 The following discussion considers ¿rst the passive usages, then the middle usages, and then the active usages to determine whether the subsequent investigations support the initial proposals concerning passive, middle, and active base forms. The studies of ¿ve verbs with passive usages ACE again verify the initial proposal concerning passive base forms. The verbs with these passive usages consistently have the Agent co-referential to either the unrealized Content or the unrealized Experiencer (cf. §§3.4, 5.4, 5.8, 5.10). The studies of the thirty-three verbs with middle usages ACE provide a partial veri¿cation of the initial proposal that middle base forms signal that the subject is affected but the affectedness does not derive from another entity grammaticalized by the verb. The discussions of the four verbs with active and middle base forms demonstrated that middle base forms signal the recognition that the action of the Agent is characterized by unful¿lled constraints that exceed those assumed by the particular conceptualization of the verb (cf. §8.1). The investigation of these verbs also indicated that, although the constraints may be associated with another entity of event ACE, they are never co-referential with one of these entities. Thus with these four verbs, the middle base forms signal a

9. Base forms of verbs that grammaticalize event ACE: active only (83 verbs), BHHFMMX, BMIRFVX, BOBCPB X, BOBHHFMMX, BOBHJOX TLX, BOBHOXSJ[X, BOBEFJLOVNJ, BOBLSB [X, BOBGXOFX, BQBHHFMMX, BQBUB X, BQPEFJLOVNJ, BQPTUPNBUJ[X, CPB X, HOXSJ[X, HPHHV[X, HSB GX, EFJLOVNJ, EFJLOVX, EIMP X, EINIHPSFX, EJBHHFMMX, EJBHPHHV[X, EJBMBMFX, EJBOFVX, EJBTBGFX, EJEB TLX, EJFSNIOFVX, EJFSXUB X, FLMBMFX, FLUJRINJ, FOOFVX, FOUVHYB OX, FDBHHFMMX, FQBOBNJNOI ]TLX, FQFSXUB X, FQJEFJLOVNJ, FQJMVX, FQJTUFMMX, FQJUB TTX, FQJUJNB X, FQJGXOFX, FSXUB X, FUFSPEJEBTLBMFX, LBUBHHFMMX, LBUBOFVX, LBUIYFX, LFMFVX, LISVTTX, LSB [X, LSBVHB [X, MBMFX, MFHX, NIOVX, OFVX, OPVRFUFX, P NJMFX, PNOVX, P NPMPHFX, QBSBHHFMMX, QBSBLBMFX, QSPHSB GX, QSPLBUBHHFMMX, QSPLISVTTX, QSPMFHX, QSPTMBMFX, QSPTUB TTX, QSPTGXOFX, QSPGIUFVX, TINBJOX, TV[IUFX, TVMMBMFX, TVNCPVMFVX, TVOPNJMFX, TVOUB TTX, VQFSFOUVHYB OX, VQPEFJLOVNJ, GBOFSP X, GB TLX, GINJ, GSB [X, GXOFX, and YSINBUJ[X; middle only (28 verbs), BQPLSJOPNBJ, BQPMPHFPNBJ, BQPUB TTPNBJ, BQPGRFHHPNBJ, EJBCFCBJP PNBJ, EJBMPHJ[PNBJ, EJBNBSUVSPNBJ, EJBTUFMMPNBJ, EJIHFPNBJ, EJJ TYVSJ[PNBJ, FLEJIHFPNBJ, FOEFJLOVNBJ, FOUFMMPNBJ, FDBJUFPNBJ, FDIHFPNBJ, FDPNPMPHFXNBJ, FQBHHFMMPNBJ, FVYPNBJ, NBSUVSPNBJ, QSPBJUJB PNBJ, QSPFQBHHFMMPNBJ, QSPFVBHHFMJ[PNBJ, QSPNBSUVSPNBJ, QSPTBQFJMFPNBJ, QSPTFVYPNBJ, QVORB OPNBJ, TVMMPHJ[PNBJ, and GRFHHPNBJ; active and middle (4 verbs), BJUFX, BQFJMFX, EJBUB TTX, and FVBHHFMJ[X; active and passive (4 verbs), BOBNJNOI TLX, BQPLBMVQUX, FNGBOJ[X, and VQPNJNOI] TLX; and middle and passive (1 verb), EJBMFHPNBJ. 1

176

New Testament Verbs of Communication

relatively greater affectedness for the subject / Agent than do active base forms. Among the twenty-eight verbs restricted to middle base forms in the NT, one (EJBTUFMMPNBJ) grammaticalizes event ACE with active and middle base forms in the LXX and follows the same active / middle distinction as the four NT verbs with both active and middle base forms.10 Among the remaining twenty-seven verbs, four (FOUFMMPNBJ, FDBJUFPNBJ, FQBHHFMMPNBJ, and QSPTBQFJMFPNBJ) present active usages in classical literature. For the twenty-three verbs that appear consistently with middle base forms, there can be no presupposition of a particular conceptualization from which these occurrences diverge. Thus the affectedness signaled by the middle base forms with these verbs must be attributed to alternative considerations.11 The studies of the ninety-one verbs with active usages ACE identi¿ed one consideration that contradicts the initial proposal that active base forms offer no guidance concerning the affectedness of the subject / Agent. The discussions of the four verbs with active and middle base forms indicated that, at least for these four verbs, the active base forms signal something concrete: no recognition of unful¿lled constraints beyond those assumed by the particular conceptualization of the action. Among the eighty-three verbs that are restricted to active usages ACE in the NT, two (LISVTTX and GINJ) grammaticalize event ACE with both active and middle base forms in the LXX. Although the single middle occurrence of GINJ (Job 24:25) has no apparent motivation, the single middle occurrence of LISVTTX (Prov 1:21) follows the proposed active / middle distinction for the four NT verbs with both sets of forms.12 This 10. EJBTUFMMPNBJ: active base forms (39 occurrences), Gen 30:28, 35, 40; Lev 5:4a, 4b; 10:10; 11:47; 22:21; Num 8:14; 16:9; 35:11; Deut 10:8; 19:2, 7; 29:20; Josh 20:7; Ruth 1:17; 1 Sam 3:1; 1 Kgs 8:53; 2 Kgs 2:11; 2 Chr 23:18; Ezra 8:24; Neh 8:8; Jdth 14:15; Ps 65:14; 67:15; 105:33; Sir 16:26; 44:23; Sol 2:34; Hos 13:15; Mic 5:7; Mal 3:11; Ezek 22:26a, 26b; 24:14; 39:14; 42:20; Dan 13:48; passivized active base forms (9 occurrences), Gen 25:23; Lev 16:26; 1 Chr 23:13; Ezra 10:8, 11, 16; 2 Macc 14:28; Nah 1:12; Jer 22:14; and middle base forms (9 occurrences), Judg 1:19; 2 Chr 19:10; Jdth 11:12; Ezek 3:18a, 18b, 19, 20, 21a, 21b. 11. For example, Allan, Middle Voice, assigns EJBMFHPNBJ to the category ‘Reciprocal Middle’ (85-86) and BJUJB PNBJ, BQPLSJOPNBJ, BQPMPHFPNBJ, EFPNBJ, FOUFMMPNBJ, FVYPNBJ, GRFHHPNBJ, and QVORB OPNBJ to various sub-classes of the category ‘Speech Act Middle’ (105-106). His proposals concerning BQPLSJOPNBJ and EFPNBJ diverge from those of this study (cf. §2.3c). 12. Wisdom’s proclaiming in Prov 1:21 may be assumed to occur under the constraint of the authority of God, who gives wisdom (Prov 2:6), has wisdom as its creator (Prov 8:22), and creates using wisdom as Instrument (Prov 3:19). Elsewhere, 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

177

raises the possibility that, even among verbs restricted to active usages, the active base forms may signal something concrete: no recognition of unful¿lled constraints beyond those assumed by the particular conceptualization of the action. 3. Emphasis Revisited: A Second Characteristic of Emphasis The introductory discussion (cf. §2.2b) de¿ned the emphasized argument as the one typically raised as the subject when the verb is passivized; and the subsequent discussions noted that NT verbs of communication (event ACE) consistently raise the emphasized argument as subject when passivized (cf. §§3.1a, 4.1a, 5.1a). This investigation develops a further characteristic of emphasis by comparing the frequency of the realization of emphasized and non-emphasized complements of verbs that grammaticalize event ACE with the same emphasis (^C or ^E). The investigation omits a consideration of the verbs with usages ACEB because the only verb with usages ACEB ^E (EFPNBJ) presents relatively few occurrences for purposes of comparison and because this verb has a conventional idiomatic interpretation of the null Experiencer (cf. §7.5c), which arti¿cially lowers the probability of the realization of the Experiencer complement. Among verbs with usages ACE, the investigation compares only the occurrences with usages in which the verbs license both Content/Topic complements and Experiencer complements. This precludes a consideration of the passive reÀexive usages, which omit a co-referential Content or Experiencer complement, and the usages with a suppressed Content complement. The investigation of the remaining usages ACE ^C and ACE ^E distinguishes the null complements of each usage into three groups: those that do not participate in MFHX melding and MFHX coordination (Null); those that participate in MFHX melding (LM); and those that participate in MFHX coordination (LC). This distinction is necessary because the verbs that participate in LM and LC consistently license the Content complements and frequently license the Experiencer complements realized by the melding or coordinating verbs. As a consequence, occurrences with LM and LC consistently contribute to the number of realized licensed Content complements and frequently contribute to the number of realized licensed Experiencer complements for their non-melding verb.13 The concluding investigation considers the God commands wisdom to dwell in Jacob (Sir 24:8); and wisdom ministers before God (Sir 24:10). 13. Thus the total number of occurrences diverges from that of the Lexicon and Parsing Guide listings, which attempt to aid interpretation in the context of MFHX 1

178

New Testament Verbs of Communication

overall frequency of realization of emphasized and non-emphasized complements among NT verbs with usages ACE. a. Licensed Complement Realizations with Usages ACE ^C This investigation considers the realization of licensed complements of verbs with the seven usages ACE ^C that raise both the Content/Topic and Experiencer as complements. Table #5 lists the number of occurrences of verbs with realized emphasized Content/Topic complements (^Con/Top), null emphasized Content/Topic complements that do not participate in LM and LC (^Null), realized non-emphasized Experiencer complements (Exp), and null non-emphasized Experiencer complements that do not participate in LM and LC (Null).14 This list melding and MFHX coordination by noting all occurrences of the Content as DNC and those occurrences of the Experiencer that are not directly realized by the verb as DNC. The total numbers also diverge because they include only once those occurrences in which verbs license two Content complements with differing realizations. 14. This list groups the verbs by usage and places in parentheses after each verb the total number of occurrences followed by a colon (:), followed by the number of realized Content/Topic complements, followed by a slash (/), followed by the number of realized Experiencer complements. Usages ACE ^C (3687: 3122/1748): Usage #1 (3080: 2622/1485), BHHFMMX (1: 1/1), BJUFX (8: 5/5), BOBCPB X (1: 0/1), BOBHHFMMX (14: 11/9), BOBHJOX TLX (1: 1/1), BOBLSB [X (3: 1/0), BOBGXOFX (1: 0/0), BQBHHFMMX (42: 31/30), BQFJMFX (1: 0/0), CPB X (10: 7/1), HPHHV[X (8: 1/1), EJBHHFMMX (3: 3/0), EJBHPHHV[X (2: 0/0), EJBMBMFX (2: 2/1), EJBTBGFX (2: 2/2), EJBUB TTX (10: 8/7), EJEB TLX (1: 1/1), EJFSNIOFVX (6: 2/1), FLMBMFX (1: 1/1), FDBHHFMMX (2: 2/1), FQJMVX (2: 1/1), FQJUB TTX (7: 7/5), FQJUJNB X (11: 6/10), FQJGXOFX (4: 2/1), FVBHHFMJ[X (1: 0/1), LBUBHHFMMX (18: 18/6), LISVTTX (61: 45/6), LSB [X (45: 16/1), LSBVHB [X (7: 3/0), MBMFX (287: 121/122), MFHX (2275: 2169/1178), PNOVX (26: 10/4), P NPMPHFX (31: 19/5), QBSBHHFMMX (32: 30/22), QSPLBUBHHFMMX (1: 1/0), QSPLISVTTX (1: 1/1), QSPMFHX (15: 12/7), QSPTMBMFX (2: 0/1), QSPTUB TTX (7: 5/2), QSPTGXOFX (6: 0/5), QSPGIUFVX (25: 2/2), TV[IUFX (10: 3/6), TVMMBMFX (6: 1/6), TVNCPVMFVX (2: 2/2), TVOUB TTX (3: 0/3), GB TLX (3: 3/0), GINJ (66: 65/23), GSB [X (1: 1/1), and GXOFX (6: 0/1); Usage #2 (183: 128/82), BJUFX (6: 6/1), BQFJMFX (1: 0/0), BQPLSJOPNBJ (7: 5/3), BQPMPHFPNBJ (10: 5/2), BQPGRFHHPNBJ (2: 2/1), EJBMFHPNBJ (10: 2/7), EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (16: 8/3), EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (15: 9/5), EJBTUFMMPNBJ (8: 5/6), EJBUB TTX (5: 3/2), EJIHFPNBJ (6: 6/5), EJJ TYVSJ[PNBJ (2: 1/0), FLEJIHFPNBJ (2: 1/1), FLUJRINJ (3: 1/2), FOUFMMPNBJ (12: 9/11), FDIHFPNBJ (6: 5/1), FDPNPMPHFX (4: 4/4), FQBHHFMMPNBJ (15: 9/7), FVBHHFMJ[X (28: 27/14), NBSUVSPNBJ (5: 4/3), QSPFQBHHFMMPNBJ (2: 2/0), QSPFVBHHFMJ[PNBJ (1: 1/1), QSP NBSUVSPNBJ (1: 1/0), QVORB OPNBJ (11: 11/2), TVMMPHJ[PNBJ (1: 0/1), and GRFHHPNBJ (3: 1/0); Usage #6 (44: 36/16), BQBHFMMX (3: 3/3), FOUVHYB OX (5: 1/1), MBMFX (9: 9/5), MFHX (14: 14/5), P NJMFX (4: 1/1), P NPMPHFX (4: 4/0), QSPLBUBHHFMMX (1: 1/0), QSPGIUFVX (3: 3/0), and TVOPNJMFX (1: 0/1); Usage #7 (10: 9/3), EJBCFCBJP PNBJ (2: 2/0), EJBMFHPNBJ (2: 2/0), EJIHFPNBJ (2: 2/1), FOUFMMPNBJ (3: 3/2), and 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

179

excludes the occurrences of FVYPNBJ and QSPTFVYPNBJ, including the three occurrences of QSPTFVYPNBJ with LM, because the conventional idiomatic interpretation of God as the referent of the null Experiencer with these verbs (cf. §3.3f) arti¿cially lowers the incidence of the realization of Experiencer complements. Beneath each usage and introduced by a plus sign (+) appear the null occurrences that appear in the context of LM and LC.15 This list includes the three occurrences of QSPTFVYPNBJ with LM because the melding verbs do not have a conventional idiomatic interpretation. At the bottom, Table #5 provides the total number of realized and null licensed complements and the percentages of these occurrences. Table #5 clari¿es that verbs with these usages realize their emphasized Content/Topic complements 1.84 (87.7% / 47.7%) times more frequently than they realize their non-emphasized Experiencer complements.

QSPTBQFJMFPNBJ (1: 0/0); Usage #13 (355: 311/157), BOBEFJLOVNJ (1: 1/0), BQPEFJLOVNJ (4: 4/0), BQPLBMVQUX (22: 18/11), HOXSJ[X (25: 24/18), HSB GX (164: 140/48), EFJLOVNJ (39: 39/37), EFJLOVX (3: 3/3), EIMP X (7: 5/3), EJBOFVX (1: 0/1), FNGBOJ[X (7: 3/6), FOOFVX (1:1/1), FQJEFJLOVNJ (6: 6/5), FQJTUFMMX (2: 1/2), LBUBOFVX (1: 1/1), NIOVX (4: 2/1), OFVX (2: 2/2), QSPHSB GX (4: 3/0), TINBJOX (6: 5/0), VQPEFJLOVNJ (6: 6/6), GBOFSP X (49: 46/11), and YSINBUJ[X (1: 1/1); Usage #14 (11: 11/2), FOEFJLOVNBJ (11: 11/2); and Usage #17 (5: 5/3), HSB GX (4:4/3) and FNGBOJ[X (1: 1/0). 15. This list groups the verbs with MFHX melding and MFHX coordination by usage and places in parentheses after each verb the total number of occurrences followed by a colon (:), followed by the number of realized Content/Topic complements, followed by a slash (/), followed by the number of realized Experiencer complements. -FHX melding with usages ACE ^C (95: 95/7): Usage #1 (76: 75/5), BOBCPB X (1: 1/0), BOBLSB [X (2: 2/ 0), BQBHHFMMX (2: 2/0), CPB X (2: 2/0), HPHHV[X (2: 2/0), EJBHPHHV[X (2: 1/0), FLUJRINJ (1: 1/0), FQJUJNB X (4: 4/0), FQJGXOFX (1: 1/0), LISVTTX (2: 2/0), LSB [X (21: 21/1), LSBVHB [X (3: 3/0), MBMFX (12: 12/0), MFHX (7: 7/4), PNOVX (1: 1/0), QBSBHHFMMX (1: 1/0), QSPTGXOFX (2: 2/0), QSPGIUFVX (3: 3/0), TV[IUFX (1: 1/0), TVMMBMFX (1: 1/0), and GXOFX (5: 5/0); and Usage #2 (19: 19/2), BQPLSJOPNBJ (1: 1/1), EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (6: 6/0), EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (3: 3/0), EJBTUFMMPNBJ (1: 1/1), EJJ TYVSJ[PNBJ (1: 1/0), FOUFMMPNBJ (1: 1/0), FQBHHFMPNBJ (2: 2/0), QSPTFVYPNBJ (3: 3/0), and TVMMPHJ[PNBJ (1: 1/0). -FHX coordination with usages ACE ^C (15: 15/2): Usage #1 (15: 15/2), BOBGXOFX (1: 1/0), BQBHHFMMX (1: 1/0), LISVTTX (2: 2/0), LSB [X (5: 5/0), LSBVHB [X (1: 1/0), MBMFX (2: 2/1), P NPMPHFX (1: 1/0), QSPMFHX (1: 1/0), and QSPTGXOFX (1: 1/1). 1

180

New Testament Verbs of Communication

Table #5: Usages ACE ^C (3687 occurrences) ^Con/Top Usage #1 +LM +LC Usage #2 +LM Usage #6 Usage #7 Usage #13 +LM Usage #14 Usage #17 Total Percentage

2622 75 15 128 19 36 9 311 1 11 5 3232 87.7%

^Null

||

Exp

Null

351 0 0 52 0 8 1 43 0 0 0 455 12.3%

|| || || || || || || || || || || || ||

1485 5 2 82 2 16 3 157 0 2 3 1757 47.7%

1488 70 13 98 17 28 7 197 1 9 2 1930 52.3%

b. Licensed Complement Realization with Usages ACE ^E This discussion considers the realization of licensed complements of verbs with the ¿ve usages ACE ^E that raise both the Experiencer and Content/Topic as complements. Table #6 lists the number of occurrences of verbs with realized emphasized Experiencer complements (^Exp), null emphasized Experiencer complements that do not participate in LM and LC (^Null), realized non-emphasized Content/Topic complements (Con/Top), and null non-emphasized Content/Topic complements that do not participate in LM and LC (Null).16 Beneath each usage and

16. This list groups the verbs by usage and places in parentheses after each verb the total number of occurrences followed by a colon (:), followed by the number of realized Content/Topic complements, followed by a slash (/), followed by the number of realized Experiencer complements. Usages ACE ^E (435: 247/291): Usage #8 (338: 193/233): BJUFX (30: 18/16), EJEB TLX (95: 28/49), EJFSXUB X (1: 1/0), FQFSXUB X (54: 29/52), FSXUB X (54: 36/46), FVBHHFMJ[X (1: 0/1), LBUIYFX (8: 5/7), LFMFVX (25: 24/8), and QBSBLBMFX (70: 52/54); Usage #9 (31: 26/6): BJUFX (26: 21/2), FDBJUFPNBJ (1: 1/0), FVBHHFMJ[X (3: 3/3), and QSPBJUJB PNBJ (1: 1/1); Usage #11 (48: 16/38): BQPTUPNBUJ[X (1: 1/1), EJEB TLX (1: 1/1), FQFSXUB X (2: 1/2), FSXUB X (9: 9/5), OPVRFUFX (8: 0/6), and QBSBLBMFX (27: 4/23); Usage #17 (13: 10/9): BOBNJNOI] TLX (2: 2/2), FQBOBNJNOI ]TLX (1: 0/1), VQPNJNOI] TLX (5: 5/3), and YSINBUJ[X (5: 2/4); and Usage #19 (5: 2/5): BQBUB X (3: 0/3), VQPNJNOI ]TLX (1: 1/1), and YSINBUJ[X (1: 1/1). 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

181

introduced by a plus sign (+) appear the null occurrences that occur in the context of LM and LC.17 At the bottom, Table #6 provides the total number of realized and null licensed complements and the percentages of these occurrences. Table #6 clari¿es that verbs with these usages realize their emphasized Experiencer complements 1.35 (77.7% / 57.5%) times more frequently than they realize their non-emphasized Content/Topic complements. Table #6: Usages ACE ^C (435 occurrences)

Usage #8 +LM +LC Usage #9 Usage #11 Usage #17 Usage #19 Total Percentage

^Exp

^Null

233 37 9 6 38 10 5 338 77.7%

59 0 0 25 10 3 0 97 22.3%

|| Con/Top || || || || || || || || ||

193 1 3 26 16 9 2 250 57.5%

Null 99 36 6 5 32 4 3 185 42.5%

c. All Licensed Complement Realizations with Usages ACE This discussion considers the realization of licensed complements of all verbs with usages ACE. Table #7 combines the data from Tables #5 and #6 to provide the number of occurrences of verbs with realized emphasized complements (^Emph), null emphasized complements that do not participate in LM and LC (^Null), realized non-emphasized complements (Emph), and null non-emphasized complements that do not participate in LM and LC (Null). Beneath each set of usages (ACE ^C and ACE ^E) and introduced by a plus sign (+) appear the null occurrences that occur

17. This list groups the verbs with MFHX melding and MFHX coordination by usage and places in parentheses after each verb the total number of occurrences followed by a colon (:), followed by the number of realized Content/Topic complements, followed by a slash (/), followed by the number of realized Experiencer complements. -FHX melding with Usage #8 ACE ^E (37: 1/37/): BJUFX (1: 0/1), EJEB TLX (2: 0/2), FQFSXUB X (19: 1/19), FSXUB X (8: 0/8), and QBSBLBMFX (7: 0/7). -FHX coordination with Usage #8 (9: 3/9): EJEB TLX (4: 2/4), FQFSXUB X (1: 0/1), FSXUB X (2: 1/2), and QBSBLBMFX (2: 0/2). 1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

182

in the context of LM and LC. At the bottom, Table #7 provides the total number of realized and null licensed complements and the percentages of these occurrences. Table #7 clari¿es that verbs with usages ACE that raise both the Content/Topic and Experiencer as complements realize their emphasized complements 1.76 (86.2% / 48.9%) times more frequently than they realize their non-emphasized complements. Table #7: Usages ACE (4122 occurrences) ^Emph Usages ACE ^C +LM +LC Usages ACE ^E +LM +LC Total Percentage

3116 95 15 282 37 9 3554 86.2%

^Null

||

Emph

Null

491 0 0 107 0 0 568 13.8%

|| || || || || || || ||

1758 7 2 246 1 3 2017 48.9%

1819 88 13 143 36 6 2105 51.1%

This study identi¿es the relatively greater frequency of the realization of the emphasized argument over the non-emphasized argument as a second characteristic of verbal emphasis. 4. Emphasis Revisited: A Third Characteristic of Emphasis This investigation develops the third characteristic of emphasis by comparing the lexical realizations of Content complements of verbs that grammaticalize events ACE and ACEB with usages of oral communication (+or) that differ only in emphasis (usages ACE ^C/^E +or and ACEB ^C/^E +or). The investigation includes all occurrences of all verbs with usages ACE +or and ACEB +or that license Content complements and realize them directly. The discussion excludes occurrences of MFHX melding or MFHX coordination because it is concerned only with the Content complements directly licensed and realized by the verbs.18 As a consequence, the discussion proceeds in 18. Unlike the discussion of §8.3, which was concerned with the total number of licensed complements, this discussion is concerned with the number of realized complements. Thus occurrences of realized complements in the context of MFHX melding or MFHX coordination properly appear under the listings for the melding and coordinating verbs. 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

183

direct reference to the Lexicon and Parsing Guide (Chapter 10). The investigation considers ¿rst verbs with usages ACE +or and then those with usages ACEB +or. The concluding discussion combines the results of these investigations and identi¿es the third characteristic of the feature emphasis. a. Realized Content Complements with Usages ACE +or Table #8 summarizes the data concerning the realization of licensed Content complements of verbs with the three usages ACE ^C +or (#1, #2, and #3) and two usages ACE ^E +or (#8 and #9) in which verbs both license and realize Content complements. The Table lists for each set of usages the number of occurrences and the percentage (%) of these occurrences of direct communication (+quo), which includes V+ and V+PUJ [+quo] Content complements.19 Beneath the broken line appear the lists of occurrences of indirect communication (–quo) separated into categories according to the realization of the Content complements: maximal and non-maximal in¿nitive phrases (V±i), verb phrases introduced by a conjunction (V+conj), verb phrases introduced by a pronoun (V+pron), and noun phrase realizations (N). The V±i category incorporates V+i, V-i1, V-i2, V-i3, UPV V+i, and P/FJK UP@ V-i2 realizations.20 The V+conj category incorporates V+FJ, V+JOB, V+LBRX K, V+NI QPUF, V+PQXK, V+PUJ [–quo], V+QPV, and V+QX_K realizations.21 19. +Quo realizations (V+/ V+PUJ [+quo]) with usages ACE ^C +or (1828/204 total): Usage #1, BHHFMMX (0/1), BOBLSB [X (1/0), BQBHHFMMX (0/3), CPB X (5/1), FLMBMFX (0/1), FQJUB TTX (1/0), FQJGXOFX (1/0), LISVTTX (1/0), LSB [X (14/0), LSBVHB [X (3/0), MBMFX (3/2), MFHX (1723/188), PNOVX (4/3), P NPMPHFX (0/2), QSPMFHX (2/0), and GINJ (61/0); Usage #2, BQPLSJOPNBJ (2/0), BQPMPHFPNBJ (1/1), BQPGRFHHPNBJ (1/0), EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (1/0), EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (1/0), FOUFMMPNBJ (1/0), NBSUVSPNBJ (0/1), QSPFVBHHFMJ[PNBJ (0/1), and QVORB OPNBJ (2/0); Usage #3 (none). +Quo realizations (V+/ V+PUJ [+quo]) with usages ACE ^E (32/2): Usage #8, EJEB TLX (0/2), FQFSXUB X (19/0), FSXUB X (9/0), and QBSBLBMFX (4/0); Usage #9 (none). 20. V±i realizations with usages ACE ^C +or (110 total): Usage #1, BJUFX (1), BQBHHFMMX (2), EJBUB TTX (3), EJEB TLX (1), FQJUB TTX (4), LISVTTX (1), MFHX (46), PNOVX (2), P NPMPHFX (4), QBSBHHFMMX (22), QSPTUB TTX (1), TVNCPVMFVX (1), GB TLX (3), and GINJ (1); Usage #2, BQFJMFX (1), EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (2), EJBUB TTX (3), EJJ TYVSJ[PNBJ (1), FOUFMMPNBJ (2), FQBHHFMMPNBJ (2), FVYPNBJ (5), NBSUVSPNBJ (1), and QSPTFVYPNBJ (1); Usage #3 (none). V±i realizations with usages ACE ^E +or (74): Usage #8, EJEB TLX (3), FQFSXUB X (1), FSXUB X (9), LFMFVX (23), and QBSBLBMFX (31); Usage #9, BJUFX (5), FVBHHFMJ[X (1), and QSPBJUJB PNBJ (1). 21. V+conj realizations with usages ACE ^C +or (90 total): Usage #1, BHHFMMX (1), BOBHHFMMX (2), BQBHHFMMX (5), FQJUJNB X (6), LISVTTX (1), MBMFX (1), MFHX (33), P NPMPHFX (2), QBSBHHFMMX (2), QSPMFHX (5), QSPGIUFVX (1), and TVNCPVMFVX 1

184

New Testament Verbs of Communication

The V+pron category incorporates V+P, V+P QPJPO, V+PTPO, V+QP UBQPO, and V+UJ realizations.22 The noun phrase category consistently is realized by N+acc and is so listed.23 Beneath the solid line appears the total number of realized Content complements. Table #8 clari¿es that verbs with usages ACE ^C +or appear with +quo realizations of the Content 2.58 (72.1%/27.9%) times more frequently than with –quo realizations of the Content and that verbs with usages ACE ^E +or appear with –quo realizations of the Content 5.21 (83.9%/16.1%) times more frequently than +quo realizations of the Content. In particular, the most frequently occurring realization of the Content with usages ACE ^C +or is V+ (64.9%); and the most frequently occurring realizations of the Content with usages ACE ^E +or are V±i (35.1%).

(1); Usage #2, EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (4), EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (2), EJBTUFMMPNBJ (4), EJIHFPNBJ (3), FOUFMMPNBJ (1), FDIHFPNBJ (1), FDPNPMPHFX (1), FVBHHFMJ[X (1), NBSUVSPNBJ (1), QSPTFVYPNBJ (10), and QVORB OPNBJ (2); Usage #3 (none). V+conj realizations with usages ACE ^E +or (33): Usage #8, EJEB TLX (1), FQFSXUB X (2), FSXUB X (12), LBUIYFX (1), and QBSBLBMFX (16); Usage #9, BJUFX (1). 22. V+pron realizations with usages ACE ^C +or (51 total): Usage #1, BOBHHFMMX (4), BQBHHFMMX (7), EJBMBMFX (1), LISVTTX (4), MBMFX (12), MFHX (9), QSPGIUFVX (1), TV[IUFX (1); Usage #2, EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (1), EJIHFPNBJ (3), FDIHFPNBJ (1), FVBHHFMJ[X (1), and QVORB OPNBJ (5); Usage #3, EJBMFHPNBJ (1). V+pron realizations with usages ACE ^E +or (5 total): Usage #8, BJUFX (1), EJEB TLX (2); Usage #9, BJUFX (1), and FVBHHFMJ[X (1). 23. N+acc realizations with usages ACE ^C +or (534 total): Usage #1, BJUFX (4), BOBHHFMMX (6), BOBHJOX TLX (1), BQBHHFMMX (14), HPHHV[X (1), EJBHHFMMX (3), EJBMBMFX (1), EJBTBGFX (2), EJBUB TTX (5), EJFSNIOFVX (2), FDBHHFMMX (2), FQJMVX (2), FQJUB TTX (2), FQJGXOFX (1), LBUBHHFMMX (18), LISVTTX (37), LSB [X (2), MBMFX (113), MFHX (200), PNOVX (1), P NPMPHFX (11), QBSBHHFMMX (6), QSPLBUBHHFMMX (1), QSPLISVTTX (1), QSPMFHX (5), QSPTUB TTX (4), TV[IUFX (2), GINJ (3), and GSB [X (1); Usage #2, BJUFX (6), BQPLSJOPNBJ (3), BQPMPHFPNBJ (3), BQPGRFHHPNBJ (1), EJBMFHPNBJ (2), EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (2), EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (4), EJBTUFMMPNBJ (2), EJIHFPNBJ (1), FLEJIHFPNBJ (1), FLUJRINJ (2), FOUFMMPNBJ (4), FDIHFPNBJ (3), FDPNPMPHFX (4), FQBHHFMMPNBJ (8), FVBHHFMJ[X (25), FVYPNBJ (1), NBSUVSPNBJ (1), QSPFQBHHFMMPNBJ (2), QSPNBSUVSPNBJ (1), QSPTFVYPNBJ (4), QVORB OPNBJ (2), and GRFHHPNBJ (1); Usage #3 (none). N+acc realizations with usages ACE ^E +or (65 total): Usage #8, BJUFX (17), EJEB TLX (19), EJFSXUB X (1), FQFSXUB X (3), FSXUB X (5), LBUIYFX (4), and QBSBLBMFX (1); Usage #9, BJUFX (14), and FVBHHFMJ[X (1). 1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

185

Table #8: Realized Content Complements (Usages ACE +or) ACE ^C +or

%

||

ACE ^E +or

%

V+ V+PUJ [+quo] subtotal +quo

1828 204 2032

64.9% 7.2% 72.1%

|| || ||

32 2 4

15.2% 0.9% 16.1%

V±i V+conj V+pron N+acc subtotal –quo Total

110 90 51 534 785 3554

3.9% 3.2% 1.8% 19.0% 27.9% 100%

|| || || || || ||

74 33 5 65 177 211

35.1% 15.6% 2.4% 30.8% 83.9% 100%

b. Realized Content Complements with Usages ACEB +or Table #9 summarizes the data concerning the realization of licensed Content complements of verbs with Usage #32 (ACEB ^C +or) and Usage #35 (ACEB ^E +or). The Table lists ¿rst for each usage the number of occurrences and the percentage (%) of these occurrences of direct communication (+quo), which includes V+ and V+PUJ [+quo] Content complements.24 Beneath the broken line appear the lists of occurrences of indirect communication (–quo) with the realizations V±i, V+conj, V+pron, and N+acc.25 Beneath the solid line appears the total number of realized Content complements. Table #9 clari¿es that verbs with usage ACEB ^C +or appear with +quo realizations of the Content 5.45 (84.5%/15.5%) times more frequently than with –quo realizations of the Content and that the verb with usage ACEB ^E +or appears with –quo realizations of the Content 2.20 (68.8%/31.3%) times more frequently than with +quo realizations of the Content. In particular, the most frequently occurring realization of the Content with usages ACEB ^C +or is V+ (80.3%); and the most frequently occurring realizations of the Content with usages ACEB ^E +or is V+conj (43.8%).

24. +Quo realizations with Usage #32: BQPLSJOPNBJ, V+ (57) and V+PUJ [+quo] (3); and Usage #35: EFPNBJ, V+ (5). 25. –Quo realizations with Usage #32: BQPLSJOPNBJ, V±i (2) and N+acc (8), and EFPNBJ, V+conj (1); and Usage #35: EFPNBJ, V±i (3), V+conj (7), and N+acc (1). 1

186

New Testament Verbs of Communication

Table #9: Realized Content Complements (Usages ACEB +or) ACEB ^C +or

%

||

ACEB ^E +or

%

V+ V+PUJ [+quo] subtotal +quo

57 3 60

80.3% 4.2% 84.5%

|| || ||

5 0 5

31.3% 0% 31.25%

V±i V+conj V+pron N+acc subtotal –quo Total

2 1 0 8 11 71

2.8% 1.4% 0% 11.3% 15.5.% 100%

|| || || || || ||

3 7 0 1 11 16

18.8% 43.8% 0% 6.3% 68.75% 100%

C. All Realized Content Complements with Usages ACE +or and ACEB +or Table #10 combines the data from Tables #8 and #9 to present the overall distribution of realized Content complements of all NT verbs with usages ACE +or and ACEB +or that emphasize the Content (^C) and the Experiencer (^E) with their percentages (%). This Table clari¿es that verbs with an emphasized Content appear with +quo realizations of the Content 2.62 (72.4%/27.6%) times more frequently than with –quo realizations of the Content and that verbs with an emphasized Experiencer appear with –quo realizations of the Content 4.81 (82.8%/17.2%) times more frequently than with +quo realizations of the Content. In particular, the most frequently occurring realization of the emphasized Content is V+ (65.3%); and the most frequently occurring realizations of the non-emphasized Content is V±i (33.9%). Table #10: Realized Content Complements (Usages ACE +or and ACEB +or) ^C +or

%

||

^E +or

%

V+ V+PUJ [+quo] subtotal +quo

1885 207 2092

65.3% 7.2% 72.4%

|| || ||

37 2 39

16.3% 0.9% 17.2%

V±i V+conj V+pron N+acc subtotal –quo Total

112 91 51 542 796 2888

3.9% 3.2% 1.8% 18.8% 27.6.% 100%

|| || || || || ||

77 40 5 66 188 227

33.9% 17.6% 2.2% 29.1% 82.8% 100%

1

9. Further Considerations and Conclusion

187

Among the various realizations of the Content, the +quo realizations provide the greatest speci¿city because the production of the Content and the Content that is produced are in a proportional relationship (cf. §3.2d). In contrast to this verbatim rendering of the Content, the –quo realizations are less speci¿c because, to a lesser (V±i, V+conj, and V+pron) or greater (N+acc) degree, they constitute summaries of what is communicated. As a consequence, this discussion identi¿es the relatively greater average speci¿city of the Content when it is emphasized and the relatively lesser average speci¿city of the Content when it is not emphasized as the third characteristic of verbal emphasis. 5. Conclusion This study established procedures for describing the licensing properties of verbs through the speci¿cation of the syntactic, semantic, and lexical characteristics of verbal complements and identi¿ed a series of features that clarify elements of the conceptualizations of events grammaticalized by verbs (usage features), the relationships among events (event features), and the nature and function of speci¿c realizations of verbal complements (semantic features). The analysis of the 122 NT verbs resolved twelve usages of oral communication (#1-12), nine usages of non-oral communication (#13-21), ten usages of events derived from communication (#22-31), and ¿ve usages of oral communication for a Benefactive (#32-36). The discussions of the various usages provided exegetical studies that clari¿ed the interpretation and translation of speci¿c verbal occurrences, explained novel characteristics of the conceptualization of complements with particular groups of verbs, and noted conventional idiomatic interpretations of the Experiencer with speci¿c verbs. The discussions also developed the function of MFHX melding and MFHX coordination, highlighted speci¿c narrative and rhetorical applications of verbal emphasis, and speci¿ed the relationships among usages through the Feature Model. The results of these discussions receive tabulation and summary in the Lexicon and Parsing Guide. The study then proposed and veri¿ed the statement of the differing implications of active and middle forms with the same verbs of communication and provided further considerations concerning the possible historical function of MFHX melding and MFHX coordination, the implications of active, middle, and passive base forms, and the characteristics of verbal emphasis.

1

Chapter 10

THE CASE FRAME LEXICON AND PARSING GUIDE

BHHFMMX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: announce—(V+PUJ [+quo]) to (N+dat), —(V+PUJ [–quo]) to (N+dat).1 BJUFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] 3/Exp: ask—(N+acc) of (P/BQP ), —(N+acc) of (P/QBSB [+gen]), —(N+acc) (DNC), —to (V-i1) of (P/QBSB [+gen]), —(DNC) of (P/QBSB [+gen]), —(DNC) (DNC).2 2. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: ask—(N+acc) of (P/QBSB ), —(N+acc) (DNC).3 3. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Exp) (3/Con): ask—(N+acc) for (N+acc), —(N+acc) for what (V+P ), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(N+acc) (INC), —(DNC) for (N+acc), —(DNC) (DNC), —(DNC) (INC), —(INC) (N+acc).4 1. BHHFMMX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—V+PUJ [+quo] N+dat: John 20:18 N—V+PUJ [–quo] N+dat: John 20:18 2. BJUFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §§4.7b, 8.2a] N—N+acc P/BQP : Matt 20:20; 1 John 5:15b N—N+acc P/QBSB [+gen]: Acts 3:2 N—N+acc DNC: 1 John 3:22 N—V-i1 P/QBSB [+gen]: John 4:9 (Man: A/QX_K) N—DNC P/QBSB [+gen]: Jas 1:5 (Cnd: V+FJ) N—DNC DNC: Jas 1:6; 1 John 5:16 (Cnd: V+FJ) 3. BJUFX (2): ACE ^C +or mid. [cf. §§4.7b, 8.2a] N—N+acc P/QBSB [+gen]: Acts 9:2 (Pur: V+P QXK) N—N+acc DNC: Matt 18:19 [genO) [LC] 1

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

193

2. (Cmm. pass. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: respond—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) to (N+dat), —(V+) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(V+) (DNC), —that (V+i) (DNC), —(V+PUJ [+quo]) to (N+dat), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(V+PUJ [+quo]) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(DNC) (DNC).30

1

30. BQPLSJOPNBJ (2): ACE[B] ^C [B=A] +or pass. N—N+acc N+dat: Matt 15:23; 22:46; Mark 14:40 N—N+acc DNC: Matt 26:62; Mark 9:6; 14:60; 15:4, 5 (Tem: A/oVLFUJ; Res: V+XTUF) N—V+ N+dat: Mark 9:17; Luke 8:50; John 1:49; 5:7, 11; 6:7, 68, 70; 7:47 (Tem: A/PV>O); 8:34; 9:27; 10:25, 32, 33, 34; 12:34 (Tem: A/PV>O); 13:8, 36; 16:31; 18:5, 20, 23; 19:7, 11; 21:5 N—V+ P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 4:4; John 8:33; Acts 5:8 N—V+ DNC: John 1:21; 3:5; 7:20, 46; 8:19, 49, 54; 9:3, 11, 25 (Tem: A/PV>O); 11:9; 13:26, 38; 18:8, 34, 35, 36, 37; 19:15, 22; Acts 9:13; 10:46 (Tem: A/UP UF); 11:9 (Mea: P/FL; Sou: P/FL); 21:13 (Tem: A/UP UF); 22:8, 28; 24:10 (Tem: Part+gen), 25; 25:12 (Tem: A/UP UF) N—V+i DNC: Luke 20:7; Acts 25:4 (Tem: A/PV>O) N—V+PUJ [+quo] N+dat: Mark 8:4 N—V+PUJ [–quo] P/QSP K [+acc]: Acts 25:16 N—V+PUJ [+quo] DNC: Mark 12:29 N—DNC N+dat: Matt 12:38 (Tem: A/UP UF) [LM]; 14:28 [LM]; 20:13 [LM]; 21:27 [LM]; 25:37 (Tem: A/UP UF) [LM], 45 (Tem: A/UP UF) [LM]; Mark 3:33 [LM]; 9:19 [LM]; 10:51 [LM]; 11:33 [LM]; 15:2 [LM], 9 [LM]; Luke 13:15 [LC]; 17:20 [LC]; 23:3 [LM: GINJ]; John 1:26 [LM]; 6:26 [LC]; 7:16 (Tem: A/PV>O) [LC]; 12:23 [LM]; Acts 8:34 [LM]; 25:9 [LM] N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 6:3 [LM] N—DNC DNC: Matt 3:15 [LM]; 4:4 [LM]; 8:8 [LM: GINJ]; 11:4 [LM], 25 (Tem: P/FO) [LM]; 12:39 [LM], 48 [LM]; 13:11 [LM], 37 [LM]; 15:3 [LM], 13 [LM], 15 [LM], 24 [LM], 26 [LM], 28 (Tem: A/UP UF) [LM]; 16:2 [LM], 16 [LM], 17 [LM]; 17:4 [LM], 11 [LM], 17 [LM]; 19:4 [LM], 27 (Tem: A/UP UF) [LM]; 20:22 [LM]; 21:21 [LM], 24 [LM], 29 [LM], 30 (Man: A/X TBVUXK) [LM]; 22:1 [LM], 29 [LM]; 24:2 [LM], 4 [LM]; 25:9 [LM], 12 [LM], 26 [LM], 40 [LM], 44 (Mea: A/LBJ; Tem: A/UP UF) [LM]; 26:23 [LM], 25 [LM], 33 [LM], 66 LM]; 27:21 [LM], 25 [LM]; 28:5 [LM]; Mark 6:37 [LM]; 7:28 [LC]; 8:29 [LM]; 9:5 [LM]; 10:3 [LM], 24 (Mea: A/QB MJO) [LM]; 11:14 [LM], 22 [LM]; 12:35 [LM]; 14:48 [LM]; 15:12 (Mea: A/QB MJO) [LM]; Luke 1:19 [LM], 35 [LM], 60 [LM]; 3:11 [LM]; 4:8 [LM], 12 [LM]; 5:5 [LM], 22 [LM], 31 [LM]; 7:22 [LM], 40 [LM], 43 [LM]; 8:21 [LM]; 9:19 [LM], 20 [LM], 41 [LM], 49 [LM]; 10:27 [LM], 41 [LM]; 11:7 [LM], 45 [LM]; 13:2 [LM], 8 [LM], 14 [LM], 25 [LM]; 14:3 [LM: MFHX & MFHX]; 15:29 [LM]; 17:17 [LM], 37 [LM]; 19:40 [LM]; 20:3 [LM], 39 [LM]; 22:51 [LM]; 23:40 [LM: FQJUJNB X & GINJ]; 24:18 [LM]; John 1:48 [LC], 50 [LC]; 2:18 (Tem: A/PV>O) [LC], 19 [LC]; 3:3 [LC], 9

194

New Testament Verbs of Communication

3. (Cmm. pass. ditr.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} [3/Exp]: speak a response, respond—to (N+dat), —(DNC).31 BQPMPHFPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) [3/Exp]: speak in defense —(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) (DNC), —(V+PUJ [+quo]) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC), — (INC) (DNC).32 BQPTUPNBUJ[X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Exp 3/Top: interrogate—(N+acc) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]).33 BQPUB TTPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} [3/Exp]: say goodbye —to (N+dat), —(DNC).34 BQPGRFHHPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: speak, utter—(V+) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC).35 2. (Eff. mid. intr.) 1/Agt—{{2/Pat}}: make an utterance, utter.36 CPB X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) (3/Exp): shout—(V+) (INC), —that (V+i) (DNC), —(V+PUJ [+quo]) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC), —(INC) to (N+dat).37 [LC], 10 [LC], 27 [LC]; 4:10 [LC], 13 [LC], 17 [LC]; 6:29 [LC], 43 [LC]; 7:21 [LC], 52 [LC]; 8:14 [LC], 39 [LC], 48 [LC]; 9:20 (Tem: A/PV>O) [LC], 30 [LC], 34 [LC], 36 [LC]; 12:30 [LC]; 13:7 [LC]; 14:23 [LC]; 18:30 [LC]; 20:28 [LC]; Acts 4:19 [LM]; 5:29 [LM]; 8:24 [LM]; 15:13 (Tem: P/NFUB@ UP@ V+i) [LM]; 19:15 [LM]; Rev 7:13 [LM] 31. BQPLSJOPNBJ (3): A{C}E[B] ^C {C=V} [B=A] +or pass. N—N+dat: Matt 27:14 (Top: P/QSP K [+acc]); Mark 11:29, 30; 12:28 (Man: A/LBMX_K); John 18:22 (Man: A/PVUXK); Col 4:6 N—DNC: Mark 12:34 (Man: A/OPVOFYX_K); Luke 10:28 (Man: A/PSRX_K); 22:68 (Cnd: V+FJ) 32. BQPMPHFPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc DNC: Luke 12:11; Acts 24:10 (Man: A/FVRVNXK); 26:24 N—V+ DNC: Acts 26:1 N—V+PUJ [+quo] DNC: Acts 25:8 N—DNC N+dat: Acts 19:33; 2 Cor 12:19 N—DNC DNC: Luke 21:14 [cf. §3.3g]; Acts 26:2 (Tem: A/TI NFSPO); Rom 2:15 (Mea: A/LBJ) N—INC DNC: Luke 12:11 (Man: A/QX_K) 33. BQPTUPNBUJ[X (1): ACE ^E CJT +or act. N—N+acc P/QFSJ [+gen]: Luke 11:53 34. BQPUB TTPNBJ (1): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or mid. N—N+dat: Mark 6:46; Luke 9:61; 14:33; Acts 18:18; 2 Cor 2:13 N—DNC: Acts 18:21 35. BQPGRFHHPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—V+ N+dat: Acts 2:14 N—N+acc DNC: Acts 26:25  36 BQPGRFHHPNBJ (2): A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} mid. N: Acts 2:4 (Man: V+LBRX K) 37. CPB X (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—V+ INC: Matt 3:3 (Loc: P/FO); Mark 1:3 (Loc: P/FO); 15:34 (Ins: N+dat; Tem: N+dat); Luke 3:4 (Loc: P/FO); John 1:23 (Loc: P/FO) N—V+i DNC: Acts 25:24 1

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

195

2. (Eff. act. intr.) 1/Agt—{{2/Pat}}: make a shout, shout.38 HOXSJ[X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: make known—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(N+acc) (DNC), —that (V+PUJ [+quo]) to (N+dat), —what (V+UJ) to (N+dat), —what (V+UJ) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).39 HPHHV[X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) [3/Exp]: grumble—(N+acc) (DNC), —(DNC) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(INC) (DNC).40 HSB GX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: write—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) to (N+dat), —(V+) (DNC), —that (V+i) (DNC), —to (V-i3) to (N+dat), —that (V+JOB) (DNC), —what (V+P) to (N+dat), —what (V+PTPO) (DNC), —that (V+PUJ [+quo]) (DNC), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).41

38. 39.

40.

41.

1

N—V+PUJ [+quo] DNC: Acts 17:6 N—DNC DNC: Luke 9:38 [LM]; 18:38 [LM] N—INC N+dat: Luke 18:7 (Tem: N+acc) CPB X (2): A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} act. [cf. §6.6c] N: Acts 8:7 (Ins: N+dat); Gal 4:27 HOXSJ[X (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Luke 2:15; John 15:15; 17:26a; Acts 2:28; 1 Cor 15:1 (Voc: N+voc); 2 Cor 8:1 (Voc: N+voc); Gal 1:11 (Voc: N+voc); Eph 1:9 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); 3:3 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]), 5 (Man: V+X K; Tem: N+dat), 10 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); 6:21 (Pur: V+JOB); Col 4:7, 9; 2 Pet 1:16 N—N+acc P/QSP K [+acc]: Phil 4:6 (Ins: P/FO; Ins: P/EJB [+gen]) N—N+acc DNC: Luke 2:17 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); Rom 9:22, 23 (Ben: P/FQJ [+acc, –an]); 16:26 (Ind: P/EJB [+gen]; Loc: P/FJK [+an]; Man: P/LBUB [+acc]; Pur: P/FJK); Eph 6:19 (Man: P/FO) N—V+PUJ [+quo] N+dat: 1 Cor 12:3 (Cau: A/EJP ) N—V+UJ N+dat: Col 1:27 N—V+UJ DNC: Phil 1:22 N—DNC DNC: John 17:26b (Pur: V+JOB) HPHHV[X (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc DNC: John 7:32 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]) N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 5:30 [LM] N—INC DNC: Matt 20:11 (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]) [LM]; John 6:41 (Cau: V+PUJ; Res: A/PV>O; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]), 43 (Loc: P/NFUB [+gen]), 61 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 1 Cor 10:10a (Man: V+LBRB QFS), 10b HSB GX (1a): ACE ^C –or act. [cf. §5.2c] N—N+acc N+dat: Mark 10:5 (Cau: P/QSP K [+acc]); Luke 1:3 (Pur: V+JOB; Voc: N+voc); 1 Cor 14:37; 2 Cor 1:13; Gal 1:20; Phil 3:1; 1 Thes 5:1 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 1 Tim 3:14; 2 Pet 3:1 (Tem: A/IEI; Voc: N+voc); 1 John 2:1 (Pur: V+JOB; Voc: N+voc), 7 (Voc: N+voc), 8 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 26 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 5:13 (Pur: V+JOB); 2 John 5; 3 John 9 [Continued overleaf]

196

1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

N—N+acc DNC: Matt 26:24 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); Mark 9:13 (Top: P/FQJ [+acc, +an]); 10:4; 14:21 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); Luke 10:26 (Loc: P/FO); 18:31 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]) [cf. §5.2e]; 20:17; 21:22; 22:37; 24:44 (Loc: P/FO); John 1:45 (Loc: P/FO) [cf. §5.2e]; 12:16 (Top: P/FQJ [+dat]); 15:25 (Loc: P/FO); 20:30 (Loc: P/FO), 31 (Pur: V+JOB); Acts 13:29 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 23:25; 24:14 (Loc: P/FO); Rom 10:5 (Con: V+PUJ); 16:22 (Ins: P/FO); 1 Cor 4:6, 14; 9:15 (Pur: V+JOB); 15:54; 2 Cor 2:3 (Pur: V+JOB); 4:13; 13:10 (Pur: V+JOB); Gal 3:10b (Loc: P/FO); Heb 10:7 (Loc: P/FO; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]; 1 John 1:4 (Pur: V+JOB); Rev 1:3 (Loc: P/FO); 10:4b; 22:18 (Loc: P/FO), 19 (Loc: P/FO) N—V+ N+dat: Luke 20:28 (Voc: N+voc); Rev 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 N—V+ DNC: Matt 2:5 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Man: A/PVUXK); 4:4, 7 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 10; 11:10 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 21:13; 26:31; Mark 1:2 (Loc or Ins: P/FO); 14:27; Luke 3:4 (Loc: P/FO); 4:8, 17 (Loc: A/PVO); Luke 10:2 (Res: A/PV>O) N—N+gen DNC: Luke 5:12 [LM] N—DNC V+: 2 Cor 5:20 (Ben: P/VQFS [+gen]) [cf. §7.5d] N—DNC V-i2: Acts 26:3 (Cau: A/EJP ) N—DNC V+FJ: Rom 1:10 (Loc: P/FQJ [+gen, –an]; Tem: A/QB OUPUF) N—DNC V+JOB: Luke 21:36; 22:32 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]) N—DNC DNC: Acts 4:31; 1 Thes 3:10 (Pur: P/FJK UP@ V-i1) 50. EFPNBJ (3): A{C}E[B] ^E {C=V} [B=A] +or pass. N—N+gen: Acts 10:2 (Tem: P/EJB [+gen]) 51. EIMP X (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Col 1:8 N—N+acc DNC: Heb 9:8 [cf. §5.2e]; 12:27; 1 Pet 1:11 N—V+PUJ [–quo] N+dat: 1 Cor 1:11 (Voc: N+voc) N—DNC N+dat: 2 Pet 1:14 (Mea: A/LBJ) N—DNC INC: 1 Cor 3:13 (Cau: V+PUJ) 52. EINIHPSFX (1): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or act. N—P/QSP K [+acc]: Acts 12:21 53. EJBCFCBJP PNBJ (1): ACE ^C CJT +or mid. N—P/QFSJ [+gen] DNC: 1 Tim 1:7; Tit 3:8 (Pur: V+JOB) 54. EJBHHFMMX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc DNC: Acts 21:26 N—N+acc INC: Luke 9:60; Rom 9:17 (Loc: P/FO)

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

199

EJBHPHHV[X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: complain—(DNC) (DNC).55 EJBMBMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: discuss—(N+acc) (DNC), —what (V+UJ) with (P/QSP K [+acc]).56 EJBMFHPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: discuss—(N+acc) with (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(DNC) with (N+dat), —(DNC) with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(DNC) (DNC).57 (b) 1/Agt—2/Top [3/Exp]: discuss—about (P/QFSJ [+gen]) (DNC).58 2. (Cmm. pass. trans.) 1/Agt—2/Con [[3/Exp]]: discuss with one another —who (V+UJ).59 EJBMPHJ[PNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: discuss—(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) (DNC), —lest (V+NI QPUF) (DNC), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) (DNC), —what sort of (V+QPUBQP O) (DNC), —(DNC) with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(DNC) (DNC).60 EJBNBSUVSPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] (3/Exp): declare—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (INC), —(V+) (DNC), —that (V+i) to (N+dat),

1

55. EJBHPHHV[X (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—DNC DNC: Luke 15:2 [LM]; 19:7 [LM] 56. EJBMBMFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc DNC: Luke 1:65 (Loc: P/FO) N—V+UJ P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 6:11 57. EJBMFHPNBJ (1a): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc N+dat: Heb 12:5 (Man: A/X K N+3) N—N+acc DNC: Acts 19:8 N—DNC N+dat: Acts 17:2 (Sou: P/BQP ; Tem: P/FQJ [+acc]), 17 (Loc: P/FO; Res: A/PV>O); 18:19; 20:7 N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Acts 17:17 (Tem: P/LBUB [+acc]; Res: A/PV>O); 24:12 (Loc: P/FO; Loc: P/FO; Loc: P/LBUB [+acc]) N—DNC DNC: Acts 18:4 (Loc: P/FO; Tem: P/LBUB [+acc]); 19:9 (Loc: P/FO; Tem: P/LBUB [+acc]); 20:9 (Tem: P/FQJ [+acc]) 58. EJBMFHPNBJ (1b): ACE ^C CJT +or mid. N—P/QFSJ [+gen] DNC: Acts 24:25; Jude 9 59. EJBMFHPNBJ (2): AC[E] ^C [E=A] +or pass. N—V+UJ: Mark 9:34 (Loc: P/QSP K [+acc, +an]; Loc: P/FO) 60. EJBMPHJ[PNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc DNC: Mark 2:8b (Cau: N+acc; Loc: P/FO); 9:33 (Loc: P/FO) N—V+ DNC: Mark 2:6 (Loc: P/FO) N—V+NI QPUF DNC: Luke 3:15 (Loc: P/FO; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]) N—V+PUJ [–quo] P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 8:16 N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: Matt 16:8 (Cau: N+acc; Voc: N+voc); Mark 8:17 (Cau: N+acc) N—V+QPUBQP O DNC: Luke 1:29 N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 11:31 [LM]; Luke 20:14 [LM] N—DNC DNC: Matt 16:7 (Loc: P/FO) [LM]; 21:25 (Loc: P/FO) [LM]; Mark 2:8a (Loc: P/FO; Man: A/PVUXK); Luke 5:21 [LM], 22 (Cau: N+acc; Loc: P/FO); 12:17 (Loc: P/FO) [LM]

200

New Testament Verbs of Communication

—to (V-i3) (DNC), —that (V+JOB) (DNC), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).61 EJBOFVX, 1. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) 3/Exp: signal by motion—(INC) to (N+dat).62 EJBTBGFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: explain—(N+acc) to (N+dat).63 EJBTUFMMPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: speak strict orders, speak…as strict orders—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —that (V+JOB) to (N+dat), —(DNC) to (N+dat).64 EJBUB TTX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: speak detailed orders, speak…as detailed orders—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —to (V-i3) to (N+dat), —to (V-i3) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat).65 2. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: speak detailed orders—to (V+i) to (N+dat), —to, that (V-i3) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).66

1

61. EJBNBSUVSPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 20:21; 28:23 N—N+acc INC: Acts 20:24; 23:11 (Goa: P/FJK [–an]; Man: A/X K) N—V+ DNC: 2 Tim 4:1 (Loc: P/FOX QJPO; Cau: N+acc) N—V+i N+dat: Acts 18:5 N—V-i3 DNC: 2 Tim 2:14 (Loc: P/FOX QJPO) N—V+JOB DNC: 1 Tim 5:21 (Loc: P/FOX QJPO) N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: Acts 10:42 N—DNC N+dat: Luke 16:28 (Pur: V+JOB); Acts 20:23 (Loc: P/LBUB [+acc]) [LM] N—DNC DNC: Acts 2:40 (Ins: N+dat) [LC, LM]; 8:25 [LC: MBMFX]; 1 Thes 4:6 (Man: A/LBRX K); Heb 2:6 (Loc: A/QPV) [LM] 62. EJBOFVX (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—INC N+dat: Luke 1:22 63. EJBTBGFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Matt 13:36; 18:31 64. EJBTUFMMPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. [cf. §3.3c] N—N+acc N+dat: Mark 7:36b N—N+acc DNC: Heb 12:20 N—V+JOa N+dat: Matt 16:20 (Tem: A/UP UF); Mark 5:43 (Mea: A/QPMMB ); 7:36a; 9:9 N—DNC N+dat: Mark 8:15 [LM]; Acts 15:24 65. EJBUB TTX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §§3.2c, 8.4] N—N+acc N+dat: Luke 3:13; 17:10; Acts 23:31; Gal 3:19 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Ins: P/FO) N—N+acc DNC: Luke 17:9 N—V-i3 N+dat: 1 Cor 9:14 (Mea: A/LBJ; Man: A/PVUXK) N—V-i3 DNC: Luke 8:55 (Mea: A/LBJ); Acts 18:2 N—DNC N+dat: Matt 11:1; 1 Cor 16:1 66. EJBUB TTX (2): ACE ^C +or mid. [cf. §§3.3c, 8.4] N—V+i N+dat: Acts 24:23

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

201

3. (Ben. pass. trans.) 1/Agt—[2/Pat] [[3/Ben]]: arrange for oneself— (DNC).67 EJEB TLX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: teach—to (V-i3) to (N+dat).68 2. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—(2/Exp) (3/Con): teach—(N+acc) (N+acc), —(N+acc) to (V-i2), —(N+acc) what (V+P), —(N+acc) (V+PUJ [+quo]), —(N+acc) that (V+PUJ [–quo]), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(N+acc) (INC), —(DNC) (N+acc), —(DNC) what (V+P), —(DNC) (DNC), —(DNC) (INC), —(INC) (N+acc), —(INC) (DNC), —(INC) (INC).69

1

N—V-i3 DNC: Acts 7:44; 24:23 N—DNC N+dat: Tit 1:5 N—DNC DNC: 1 Cor 7:17 (Loc: P/FO; Man: A/PVUXK), 11:34 (Mea: A/UB@ MPJQB ; Tem: V+X K) 67. EJBUB TTX (3): AC(E)+[B] CJP [B=A] pass. N—DNC: Acts 20:13 (Man: A/PVUXK) 68. EJEB TLX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §4.7a] N—V-i3 N+dat: Rev 2:14 69. EJEB TLX (2a): ACE ^E +or act. [cf. §4.7a] N—N+acc N+acc: Mark 4:2 (Ins: P/FO) [cf. §4.2g]; 6:34 [cf. §4.2g]; John 14:26; Acts 21:21; 2 Thes 2:15 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); Heb 5:12 N—N+acc V-i2: Matt 28:20; Luke 11:1a (Man: V+LBRX K; Voc: N+voc); Rev 2:20 N—N+acc V+P: Luke 12:12 (Tem: P/FO) N—N+acc V+PUJ [+quo]: Mark 8:31; Acts 15:1 N—N+acc V+PUJ [–quo]: 1 Cor 11:14 (Mea: A/PVEF) N—N+acc DNC: Matt 5:2 [LM], 19a (Man: A/PVUXK); 28:15; Mark 4:2 (Ins: P/FO) [cf. §4.2g] [LC]; 6:34 [cf. §4.2g]; 9:31 [LC]; Luke 11:1b; 20:1 (Loc: P/FO; Tem: P/FO); John 8:28; 9:34; Acts 4:2; 21:28 (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]; Loc: A/QBOUBYI]_); Gal 1:12; Eph 4:21 (Cau: V+LBRX K); Col 1:28 (Ins: P/FO; Pur: V+JOB); 2:7; 3:16 (Ins: P/FO); 2 Tim 2:2 (Mea: A/LBJ); Heb 8:11 [LM] N—N+acc INC: Matt 7:29 (Man: A/X K); 13:54 (Loc: P/FO; Res: V+XTUF); Mark 1:22 (Man: A/X K); 2:13; 4:1 (Loc: P/QBSB [+acc]); 10:1 (Man: V+X K Mea: A/QB MJO); Luke 4:31 (Tem: P/FO); 5:3 (Sou: P/FL); 23:5 (Loc: P/LBUB [+gen]); John 7:35; 8:2; Acts 5:25; 11:26 (Tem: N+acc); 20:20 (Loc: A/EINPTJB]; Loc: P/LBUB [+acc]); Rom 2:21a, 21b (Res: A/PV>O); 1 Tim 2:12; 1 John 2:27a, 27c N—DNC N+acc: Matt 22:16 (Man: P/FO); Mark 12:14 (Man: P/FQJ [+gen]); Luke 20:21b (Man: P/FQJ [+gen]); Acts 1:1 [genO); 24:1; 25:2 [cf. §5.2e] 81. FNGBOJ[X (1b): ACE ^C CJT –or act. N—P/QFSJ [+gen] DNC: Acts 25:15 (Tem: Part+gen) 82. FNGBOJ[X (2): ACE ^C –or act. / A[C]E ^C [C=A] –or pass. [cf. §5.1c] N—N+dat: Matt 27:53; Heb 9:24 (Ben: P/VQFS [+gen]; Tem: A/OVO) 83. FOEFJLOVNBJ (1): ACE ^C –or mid. N—N+acc N+dat: 2 Tim 4:14 N—N+acc P/QSP K [+acc]: Tit 3:2 N—N+acc DNC: Rom 2:15 (Tem: Part+gen); 9:17 (Loc: P/FO), 22; 2 Cor 8:24 (Goa: P/FJK [–an]; Loc: P/FJK [+an]; Res: A/PV>O); Eph 2:7 (Ins: P/FO; Tem: P/FO); 1 Tim 1:16 (Pur: P/QSP K [+acc]; Ins: P/FO); Tit 2:10 (Pur: V+JOB); Heb 6:10 [genO) N—N+acc DNC: Matt 3:6; Mark 1:5; Acts 19:18 N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: Phil 2:11 (Pur: P/FJK) 1

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

205

2. (Cmm. mid. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} 3/Exp: speak praise to, praise —(N+dat).92 3. (Cog. act. trans.) 1/Exp—[2/Con]: consent [to]—(DNC).93 FQBHHFMMPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: promise—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —to (V-i1) to (N+dat), —to (V-i1) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).94 FQBOBNJNOI ]TLX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Exp [3/Con]: remind again —(N+acc) (DNC).95 FQFSXUB X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] (3/Con): ask—(N+acc) (N+acc), —(N+acc) (V+), —(N+acc) to (V-i2), —(N+acc) whether (V+FJ), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(N+acc) (INC), —(DNC) (V+), —(DNC) whether (V+FJ).96

1

92. FDPNPMPHFX (2): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or mid. N—N+dat: Matt 11:25 (Cau: V+PUJ; Voc: N+voc); Luke 10:21 (Cau: V+PUJ; Voc: N+voc); Rom 14:11; 15:9 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Loc: P/FO) 93. FDPNPMPHFX (3): (A)CE act. N—DNC: Luke 22:6 94. FQBHHFMMPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. [cf. §3.3e] N—N+acc N+dat: Jas 1:12; 2:5 [genO) N—N+acc V-i2: Matt 16:1 N—N+acc V+FJ: Mark 15:44 (Tem: A/QB MBJ) N—N+acc DNC: Matt 12:10 [LM]; 17:10 [LM]; 22:23 [LM], 41 (Tem: Part+gen) [LM]; 27:11 [LM]; Mark 8:27 (Loc: P/FO) [LM]; 9:11 [LM], 16, 21; 12:18 [LM]; 14:60 [LM], 61 (Mea: A/QB MJO) [LC]; 15:4 (Mea: A/QB MJO) [LM]; Luke 3:10 [LM], 14 [LM]; 9:18 [LM]; 18:18 [LM]; 20:21 [LM], 27 [LM]; 21:7 [LM]; 22:64 [LM]; John 9:23; Acts 5:27 [LM]; Rom 10:20; 1 Cor 14:35 (Cnd: V+FJ) N—N+acc INC: Matt 22:46; Mark 12:34; Luke 2:46; 23:9 (Ins: P/FO) N—DNC V+: Acts 23:34 N—DNC V+FJ: Luke 23:6

206

New Testament Verbs of Communication

(b) 1/Agt—2/Exp [3/Top]: ask—(N+acc) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]), —(N+acc) (DNC).97 FQJEFJLOVNJ, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: show—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —that (V+i) (DNC).98 2. (Eff. mid. trans.) 1/Agt—2/Pat: make a show of, set on display —(N+acc).99 FQJMVX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: explain—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC).100 FQJTUFMMX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp:] write—to (UPV V-i3) to (N+dat), —(DNC) to (N+dat).101 2. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} [3/Exp:] write a letter—(DNC).102 FQJUB TTX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: speak orders, speak… as orders—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) to (N+dat), —to (V-i3) to (N+dat), —to (V-i3) (DNC).103 2. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} 3/Exp: speak orders—to (N+dat).104 FQJUJNB X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] 3/Exp: speak strict orders—that (V+JOB) to (N+dat), —(DNC) to (N+dat).105 97. FQFSXUB X (1b): ACE ^E CJT +or act. N—N+acc P/QFSJ [+gen]: Mark 10:10 (Goa: P/FJK [–an]; Mea: A/QB MJO) N—N+acc DNC: Mark 9:32  98 FQJEFJLOVNJ (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Matt 16:1; 22:19; 24:1; Luke 17:14; Heb 6:17 N—V+i DNC: Acts 18:28 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]) 99. FQJEFJLOVNJ (2): ACE ^C CJP mid. N—N+acc: Acts 9:39 100. FQJMVX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Mark 4:34 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]) N—N+acc DNC: Acts 19:39 (Cnd: V+FJ; Loc: P/FO) 101. FQJTUFMMX (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—UPV V-i3 N+dat: Acts 15:20 [cf. §5.2d] N—DNC N+dat: Heb 13:22 (Man: P/EJB [+gen]) 102. FQJTUFMMX (2): A{C}E ^C {C=V} –or act. N—DNC: Acts 21:25 [cf. §5.5c] 103. FQJUB TTX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2c] N—N+acc N+dat: Phlm 8 N—N+acc DNC: Luke 14:22 N—V+ N+dat: Mark 9:25 (Voc: N+voc) N—V-i3 N+dat: Mark 6:39; Luke 8:31; Acts 23:2 N—V-i3 DNC: Mark 6:27 104. FQJUB TTX (2): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or act. N—N+dat: Mark 1:27 (Mea: A/LBJ); Luke 4:36 (Ins: P/FO); 8:25 (Mea: A/LBJ) 105. FQJUJNB X (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2c] N—V+JOB N+dat: Matt 12:16; 20:31; Mark 3:12 (Man: A/QPMMB ); 8:30; 10:48 (Man: A/QPMMB ); Luke 18:39 N—DNC N+dat: Matt 16:22 [LM]; Mark 1:25 [LM]; 4:39; Luke 4:35 [LM]; 23:40 [LM: GINJ] 1

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

207

2. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} [3/Exp]: speak a rebuke, speak censure—to (N+dat), —(DNC).106 FQJGXOFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: shout, cry out—(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).107 FSXUB X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] (3/Con): ask—(N+acc) (N+acc), —(N+acc) (V+), —(N+acc) to (V-i2), —(N+acc) that (V+JOB), —(N+acc) that (V+PQXK), —(N+acc) how (V+QX_K), —(N+acc) that (P/FJK UP@ V-i2), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(N+acc) (INC), —(DNC) (N+acc), —(DNC) to (V-i2), —(DNC) that (V+JOB), —(DNC) (DNC), —(DNC) (INC).108

1

106. FQJUJNB X (2): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or act. N—N+dat: Matt 8:26 (Tem: A/UP UF); 17:18; 19:13; Mark 8:32, 33; 9:25; 10:13; Luke 4:39; 8:24; 9:21, 42, 55; 17:3 (Cnd: V+FB O); 18:15; 19:39 (Voc: N+voc); Jude 9 N—DNC: Luke 4:41; 2 Tim 4:2 107. FQJGXOFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc DNC: Acts 21:34 N—V+ DNC: Acts 12:22 N—DNC N+dat: Acts 22:24 N—DNC DNC: Luke 23:21 [LM] 108. FSXUB X (1a): ACE ^E +or act. N—N+acc N+acc: Matt 21:24 (Mea: A/LBJ); Mark 4:10 (Tem: V+PUF) [§4.2c]; Luke 20:3 (Mea: A/LBJ); John 16:23 (Tem: P/FO) N—N+acc V+: Mark 8:5; Luke 14:18, 19; 19:31; John 1:19, 21; 5:12; 16:5; Phil 4:3 (Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc V-i2: Luke 5:3; 8:37 (Cau: V+PUJ); John 4:40 (Res: A/PV>O; Tem: V+X K); Acts 10:48 (Tem: A/UP UF); 1 Thes 5:12 (Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc V+JOB: Mark 7:26; Luke 7:36; 16:27 (Res: A/PV>O; Voc: N+voc); John 19:31 (Res: A/PV>O), 38 (Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]); 2 John 5 (Man: A/X K Adj+1; Tem: A/OVO; Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc V+PQXK: Luke 7:3; 11:37 (Tem: P/FO UX_] V-i1); Acts 23:20 N—N+acc V+QX_K: John 9:15 (Mea: A/QB MJO; Mea: A/LBJ; Res: A/PV>O) N—N+acc P/FJK UP@ V-i2: 2 Thes 2:1 (Ben: P/VQFS [+gen]; Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc DNC: Matt 15:23 [LM]; 16:13 [LM]; Luke 23:3 [LM]; John 1:25 [LC]; 4:31 (Tem: P/FO) [LM]; 8:7; 9:2 [LM], 19 [LM], 21; 12:21 [LM]; 14:16; 16:19; 18:21a (Cau: N+acc), 21b; Acts 1:6 (Res: A/PV>O) [LM]; 1 Thes 4:1 (Res: A/PV>O; Tem: A/MPJQP O; Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc INC: John 16:30 N—DNC N+acc: Luke 14:32 (Tem: Part+gen) N—DNC V-i2: Acts 16:39; 18:20; 23:18 N—DNC V+JOB: John 4:47; 17:15 N—DNC DNC: Acts 3:3 (Pur: V-i1) N—DNC INC: Luke 22:68

208

New Testament Verbs of Communication

(b) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] 3/Top: ask—(N+acc) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]), —(DNC) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]).109 FUFSPEJEBTLBMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} [3/Exp]: teach something different—(DNC).110 FVBHHFMJ[X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] 3/Exp: proclaim [as good news]—(DNC) to, over (P/FQJ [+acc]).111 2. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: proclaim [as good news] —(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(N+acc) (INC), —what (V+P) to (N+dat), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).112 3. (Cmm. mid. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} (3/Exp): proclaim the gospel—to (N+dat), —(DNC), —(INC).113 4. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Exp [3/Con]: tell [as good news]—(N+acc) (DNC).114

109. FSXUB X (1b): ACE ^E CJT +or act. N—N+acc P/QFSJ [+gen]: Matt 19:17 (Cau: N+acc); Luke 4:38; 9:45; John 16:26; 18:19 (Res: A/PV>O) N—DNC P/QFSJ [+gen]: John 17:9a, 9b, 20 (Mea: A/NP OPO); 1 John 5:16 110. FUFSPEJEBTLBMFX (1): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or act. N—DNC: 1 Tim 1:3; 6:3 111. FVBHHFMJ[X (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §§4.7c, 8.5a] N—DNC P/FQJ [+acc]: Rev 14:6 112. FVBHHFMJ[X (2): ACE ^C +or mid. [cf. §§3.3d, 4.7c, 8.5a] N—N+acc N+dat: Luke 1:19; 2:10; 4:43; Acts 8:35; 1 Cor 15:1, 2 [datO); 7:22; Acts 8:25, 40 (Tem: P/FXK UPV V+i); 14:21; 16:10; Heb 4:2 (Man: A/LBRB QFS N+2), 6; 1 Pet 1:12 (Ins: P/FO) N—DNC: Luke 20:1 117. FVYPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. [cf. §3.3f] N—N+acc DNC: 2 Cor 13:9 (Mea: A/LBJ) N—V+i N+dat: Acts 26:29 (Man: P/FO) N—V+i P/QSP K [+acc]: 2 Cor 13:7 (Pur: V+JOB) N—V+i DNC: Acts 27:29; Rom 9:3 (Ben: P/VQFS [+gen]); 3 John 2 (Man: V+LBRX K; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]; Voc: N+voc) N—INC DNC: Jas 5:16 (Ben: P/VQFS [+gen]; Pur: V+PQXK) 118. LBUBHHFMMX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2d] N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 13:38 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); 16:17; 17:3, 23; 26:23; 1 Cor 2:1 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]) N—N+acc DNC: Acts 3:24 (Mea: A/LBJ); 4:2 (Ins: P/FO); 13:5 (Loc: P/FO); 15:36 (Loc: P/FO); 16:21; 1 Cor 11:26 (Cnd: V+FB O; Tem: P/BYSJ); Col 1:28 N—N+acc INC: Acts 17:13 (Loc: P/FO); Rom 1:8 (Loc: P/FO); 1 Cor 9:14; Phil 1:17 (Cau: P/FL), 18 (Ins: N+dat) 119. LBUBOFVX (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—UPV V+i N+dat: Luke 5:7 [cf. §5.2d] 120. LBUIYFX (1): ACE ^E +or act. N—N+acc N+acc: Luke 1:4 [genO) [LM: EJEB TLX & MFHX], 37 [LM]; Acts 14:14 [LC]; Rev 6:10 (Ins: N+dat) [LM]; 7:2 (Ins: N+dat) [LM], 10 (Ins: N+dat) [LM]; 18:2 (Ins: P/FO) [LM], 18 [LM], 19 [LM]; 19:17 (Ins: P/FO) [LM] N—DNC INC: John 12:44 [LC]; Acts 16:17 [LM]; 19:28 [LM] N—INC DNC: Jas 5:4 124. LSB [X (2): A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} act. [cf. §6.6c] N: Matt 14:26 (Cau: P/BQP ); 27:50 (Mea: A/QB MJO); Mark 5:5 (Loc: P/FO; Tem: P/EJB [gen]); 9:26; Luke 9:39; 19:40; Acts 7:57; Rev 10:3a (Man: A/X K N+1), 3b; 12:2  125 LSBVHB [X (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—V+ DNC: John 11:43 (Ins: N+dat); 12:13; 19:15 (Res: A/PV>O) N—DNC DNC: Luke 4:41 [LC]; John 18:40 (Res: A/PV>O) [LM]; 19:6 (Res: A/PV>O; Tem: V+PUF) [LM], 12 [LM] 126. LSBVHB [X (2): A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} act. [cf. §6.6c] N: Matt 12:19; Acts 22:23 127. MBMFX (1a): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Matt 9:18; 13:33, 34a (Ins: P/FO), 34b (Ins: P/YXSJK); Mark 2:2; 4:33 (Ins: N+dat; Man: V+LBRX K); Luke 1:45 (Sou: P/QBSB [+gen]); 2:17 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]), 50; John 6:63; 8:25 (Mea: A/LBJ; Tem: N+acc), 40; 10:6; 14:25; 15:3, 11 (Pur: V+JOB); 16:1 (Pur: V+JOB), 4 (Pur: V+JOB), 6, 25a (Ins: P/FO), 33 (Pur: V+JOB); 18:21; Acts 5:20; 11:19; 13:42 (Tem: P/FJK), 46 (Tem: A/QSX_UPO); 16:32 (Com: P/TVO); 23:18; 27:25 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); 1 Cor 14:3; 2 Cor 7:14 (Ins: P/FO); Heb 9:19; 13:7 [Continued overleaf] 1

212

1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

N—N+acc P/NFUB [+gen]: John 14:30 (Tem: A/PVLFUJ); Eph 4:25 (Res: A/EJP ) N—N+acc P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 1:19; 2:18, 20; 24:44 (Con: V+PUJ [–quo]); Acts 3:22; 11:14; 1 Thes 2:2 (Ins: P/FO) N—N+acc DNC: Matt 10:19a [cf. §3.2f], 19b; Mark 2:7 (Cau: N+acc; Man: A/PVUXK); 5:36; 8:32 (Man: N+dat); 11:23; 13:11a; Luke 2:33 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 5:21; 24:25 [datO); 16:18; 17:1, 13 (Loc: P/FO; Pur: V+JOB); Acts 2:11 (Ins: N+dat); 3:21 [genO), 30 (Res: A/PV>O); 10:8; 11:2 (Ins or Loc: P/FO); 1 Cor 1:10, 12a (Con: V+PUJ [–quo]); 7:6 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); 7:35 (Pur: P/QSP K [+acc]; Pur: V+JOB); 9:8; 14:16a (Cau: V+FQFJEI ; Cnd: V+FB O;

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

1

215

Man: A/QX_K), 16b; 2 Cor 12:6; Gal 3:17; 4:30; Eph 4:17 (Res: A/PV>O); 5:12; Col 2:4 (Pur: V+JOB); 1 Tim 1:7; 2:7; 2 Tim 2:7; Phlm 21; Heb 7:9, 13 (Top: P/FQJ [+acc, +an]); 8:1; Rev 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 N—N+acc INC: Matt 5:11 (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]; Cau: P/FOFLFO); 12:32a (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]), 32b (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]); Luke 12:3 (Loc: P/FO), 10 (Ben: P/FJK [+an]); Heb 11:14 N—V+ N+dat: Matt 2:5, 13a; 3:7; 4:3a. 6, 9, 10 (Tem: A/UP UF), 19; 5:18 (Man: A/BNI O), 22b, 26 (Man: A/BNI O), 44; 6:2 (Man: A/BNI O), 5 (Man: A/BNI O), 16 (Man: A/BNI O), 25 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]); 7:4 (Man: A/QX_K), 21, 22 (Tem: P/FO); 8:4, 7, 9, 10a, 10b (Man: A/BNI O), 13, 19, 20, 21, 22, 26, 32; 9:2, 6 (Tem: A/UP UF), 9b, 11, 15, 28a, 28b, 37 (Tem: A/UP UF); 10:5, 15 (Man: A/BNI O), 23 (Man: A/BNI O), 42 (Man: A/BNI O); 11:3, 4, 7 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]), 9, 11 (Man: A/BNI O), 17, 22; 12:2, 3, 11, 13 (Tem: A/UP UF), 25, 31 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]), 39, 47, 48a; 13:10, 11, 24, 27, 28, 30 (Tem: P/FO), 31, 51, 52, 57; 14:2, 4, 16, 17, 27, 31; 15:3, 5b, 10, 12, 15, 25, 28 (Tem: A/UP UF), 33, 34a; 16:2a, 6, 15a, 17, 22, 23, 24; 17:4, 19 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]), 20a, 20b (Man: A/BNI O), 20c (Cnd: V+FB O) [PSPK +an], 22 (Tem: Part+gen); 18:1, 3b (Man: A/BNI O), 18 (Man: A/BNI O), 21 (Tem: A/UP UF), 22a, 22b, 26, 32 (Tem: A/UP UF); 19:7, 10, 11, 16, 17, 18a, 20, 23a, 24 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 26, 27 (Tem: A/UP UF), 28a; 20:4, 6, 7a, 7b, 8 (Tem: Part+gen), 13, 17 (Loc: P/FO), 21a, 21b, 22b, 23, 33; 21:2, 5, 13, 16a, 16c, 19 [TVLI +an], 21a, 21b (Man: A/BNI O), 21c [PSPK +an], 24a, 25c (Cnd: V+FB O), 28, 30a (Man: A/X TBVUXK), 31b, 41, 42; 22:1b, 4b, 8 (Tem: A/UP UF), 12, 13 (Tem: A/UP UF), 20, 21a, 21b (Tem: A/UP UF), 29, 42b, 43a, 44; 23:36 (Man: A/BNI O), 39a; 24:2a, 2b (Man: A/BNI O), 4, 23 (Tem: A/UP UF), 26 (Res: A/PV>O); 25:8, 12b (Man: A/BNI O), 26, 34 (Tem: A/UP UF), 40a, 40b (Man: A/BNI O), 41 (Mea: A/LBJ; Tem: A/UP UF), 45b (Man: A/BNI O); 26:1 (Tem: V+PUF), 10, 13 (Man: A/BNI O), 18b, 22, 25b, 26, 27, 29, 31 (Tem: A/UP UF), 33, 35a, 36b, 38 (Tem: A/UP UF), 40, 45 (Tem: A/UP UF), 49 (Tem: A/FVRFXK), 50, 52 (Tem: A/UP UF), 55 (Tem: P/FO), 62, 63a, 64a, 64c, 71, 73; 27:13 (Tem: A/UP UF), 17a (Tem: Part+gen), 21a, 22a, 29, 64; 28:5, 9, 10 (Tem: A/UP UF); 18; Mark 1:17, 38, 41, 44a; 2:5, 8, 9a, 10 (Pur: V+JOB), 11, 14, 16 (Cau: N+acc) [read P UJ, cf. §3.2e], 18, 19, 24, 25, 27; 3:3, 4, 5, 23, 32,; 4:2 (Ins or Loc: P/FO), 11, 13, 21, 24, 35 (Tem: P/FO; Tem: Part+gen), 38, 39 [RB MBTTB +an], 40; 5:8, 9, 19, 31a, 34, 36, 39, 41a, 41b; 6:10, 22, 24a, 31, 37a, 37b, 38a, 50; 7:6, 9, 11b, 14, 18, 27, 28, 29, 34; 8:1, 12b (Man: A/BNI O), 15, 17, 19, 20, 21, 27a, 29b, 34; 9:1a, 5, 25, 29, 35, 36; 10:3, 5, 11, 14, 15 (Man: A/BNI O), 18a, 21, 23, 24, 27, 28, 29 (Man: A/BNI O), 35, 36, 37, 38, 39a, 39b, 42, 49b, 51b, 52, 11:2, 3a, 5, 14 [TVYI +an], 17, 21, 22, 23b [PSPK +an], 24 (Cau: EJB [+acc]), 28, 29a, 33a, 33b; 12:14, 15, 16a, 16b, 17, 32a, 34, 36b, 43a; 13:1, 2, 5, 21 (Tem: A/UP UF); 14:9 (Man: A/BNI O), 12 (Tem: N+dat; Tem: V+PUF), 13, 19, 20, 24, 30a, 32, 34, 37, 41, 45, 48, 61, 65, 67, 70 (Mea: A/QB MJO; Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]); 15:2a, 12a (Mea: A/QB MJO), 14; 16:6, 15; Luke 1:19, 30, 35; 2:10; 3:7 (Res: A/PV>O), 11, 14b, 16; 4:3a, 6, 8, 9, 23b (Man: A/QB OUXK), 25 (Man: P/FQJ [+gen]),

216

1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

35; 5:24a, 24b, 27; 6:5, 8, 10, 27, 42; 7:6, 8, 9a, 9b, 13, 14b, 22, 26, 28, 43b, 47 (Cau: P/YB SJO), 48; 8:25a, 48; 9:12, 20a, 27 (Man: A/BQIRX K), 48, 58, 60; 10:9, 18, 28, 37b, 41; 11:2a, 5b, 8, 9, 17, 27b, 45a, 51; 12:4, 5, 8, 13a, 14, 19, 20, 22b (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]), 27, 51, 54a (Mea: A/LBJ), 59; 13:2, 3, 5, 8, 12, 23a, 24, 27b, 31, 32a, 32b, 35a; 14:9, 10 (Tem: V+PUBO), 12 (Mea: A/LBJ), 15, 16, 17, 18, 21; 15:6, 10 (Man: A/PVUXK), 12, 18, 21, 29, 31; 16:2, 5, 6b, 7a (Tem: A/FQFJUB), 7c, 9, 15, 31; 17:5, 6b [TVLBOJOPK +an], 7, 8, 14, 19, 23, 34, 37a, 37b, 18:14, 17 (Man: A/BNI O), 19a, 22, 29a, 42; 19:17, 19 (Mea: A/LBJ), 22, 24, 25, 40b, 46; 20:2c, 3b, 8a, 8b, 34, 42b, 45 (Tem: Part+gen); 21:10 (Tem: A/UP UF); 22:9, 10, 11a, 11b, 25, 33, 34b (Voc: N+voc), 35a, 36, 38b, 40, 46, 48, 67c; 23:30 [PSPK +an], 43a, 43b (Man: A/BNI O); 24:19a, 19b, 36 (Tem: Part+gen), 38, 41 (Tem: Part+gen); John 1:22a, 25, 26, 33, 38a, 38b, 39, 41, 42, 43, 45, 46a, 46b, 48a, 48b, 50a, 51a, 51b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 2:4, 5a, 7, 8, 10, 16, 18, 19; 3:2, 3a, 3b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 5 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 7, 9, 10, 26; 4:7, 9 (Res: A/PV>O), 10a, 10b, 11, 13, 16, 17a, 17b, 19, 21, 25a, 26, 28, 32, 34, 35b, 50a, 53 (Tem: P/FO); 5:6, 8, 10 (Res: A/PV>O), 11, 12, 14, 19a, 19b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 6:8, 12 (Tem: V+X K), 20, 25, 26b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 29, 30 (Res: A/PV>O), 32a (Res: A/PV>O), 32b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 35, 43, 47 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 53a (Res: A/PV>O), 53b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 61, 67 (Res: A/PV>O); 7:6 (Res: A/PV>O), 21, 45, 52; 8:4, 7, 10, 12, 13 (Res: A/PV>O), 14, 19 (Res: A/PV>O), 21 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 23, 25a (Res: A/PV>O), 25b, 28 (Res: A/PV>O), 39a, 39b, 41 (Res: A/PV>O), 42, 48a, 51 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 52a (Res: A/PV>O), 58a, 58b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 9:7, 10 (Res: A/PV>O), 12a, 15, 17a (Man: A/QB MJO; Res: A/PV>O), 24, 26 (Res: A/PV>O), 30, 34, 37, 40, 41a; 10:1 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 24a; 11:7 (Tem: A/FQFJUB; Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]), 8, 11b (Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]), 12 (Res: A/PV>O), 14 (Man: N+dat; Res: A/PV>O; Tem: A/UP UF), 23, 24, 25, 27, 32, 34b, 39b, 40a, 44, 49; 12:23, 24 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 35 (Res: A/PV>O); 13:6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12 (Res: A/PV>O; Tem: V+PUF), 16 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 20 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 25, 27 (Res: A/PV>O), 29, 36, 37, 38 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 14:5, 6, 8, 9a, 12 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 22, 23, 28; 16:19a, 23 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 18:4, 5, 6, 11 (Res: A/PV>O), 17a (Res: A/PV>O), 25a (Res: A/PV>O), 30, 31a (Res: A/PV>O), 31b, 33, 37a (Res: A/PV>O), 38a, 38c; 19:4, 5, 6b, 9, 10 (Res: A/PV>O), 14, 15, 21a, 26, 27; 20:2, 13a, 15a, 15b, 16a, 16b, 17a, 17b, 19, 21 (Res: A/PV>O), 22b, 25a, 25b, 27 (Tem: A/FJ>UB), 28, 29; 21:3a, 3b, 5 (Res: A/PV>O), 6, 7 (Res: A/PV>O), 10, 12, 15a (Tem: V+PUF), 15b, 15c, 16a (Mea: A/QB MJO; Mea: A/EFVUFSPO), 16b, 16c, 17a (Tem: N+acc), 17b (Tem: N+acc), 17c, 17d, 18 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 19c, 21, 22; Acts 2:34b; 4:24; 5:38 (Tem: N+acc); 7:33, 37, 40; 8:29, 34a; 9:4, 10a, 34; 10:3, 4b, 19 (Tem: Part+gen); 11:7; 12:8b; 16:18, 20; 18:9 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Tem: P/FO); 19:15; 20:18 (Tem: V+X K); 21:20, 37a; 22:7, 13, 18, 27a, 27b; 23:1, 11 (Tem: N+dat), 14; 25:9, 14; 27:10, 31; Rom 9:15, 19 (Res: A/PV>O), 20, 26 (Loc: P/FO); 1 Cor 7:8, 12; 10:28; 12:21 [YFJS +an]; 2 Cor 12:9; Gal 2:14 (Loc: P/FNQSPTRFO; Tem: V+PUF); 4:21 (Voc: N+voc); Col 4:17;

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

1

217

Heb 1:5 (Tem: A/QP UF); Jas 2:3b, 16; Rev 2:24a; 5:5; 6:16 [PSPK & QFUSB +an]; 7:12, 13, 14a, 14b; 9:14; 10:9b, 11; 11:12, 17; 14:9 (Ins: P/FO), 18; 16:1; 17:7a, 7b, 15; 19:9a, 9b, 10, 17 (Ins: P/FO); 21:6; 22:6, 9, 10 N—V+ P/NFUB [+gen]: John 11:56; Rev 21:9 N—V+ P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 1:27; 4:41; 10:26; 11:31a; 16:3; Luke 1:13, 18, 28, 34; 2:34, 48, 49; 3:12, 13; 4:23a, 36; 5:4, 10, 22, 30, 31, 33, 34; 6:9; 7:19, 20a, 24 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]), 50; 8:21, 22, 25b; 9:3, 13a, 14, 23, 33a (Tem: P/FO UX_] V+i), 43 (Tem: Part+gen), 50, 57 (Tem: Part+gen), 59a, 62; 10:2, 26, 29; 11:1 (Tem: P/FO UX_] V+i; Tem: V+X K), 5a, 39; 12:1 (Tem: A/QSX_UPO), 15, 22a; 13:7, 23b; 14:5, 7b, 23, 25; 15:22; 16:1 (Mea: A/LBJ); 17:1, 4, 22; 18:9 (Mea: A/LBJ), 31; 19:5 (Tem: V+X K), 8, 13, 33 (Tem: Part+gen), 39; 20:2b, 3a, 14, 23, 25, 41a; 22:15, 52; 23:4, 14, 22 (Mea: A/USJUPO), 28; 24:5 (Tem: Part+gen), 17, 18, 25, 32, 44; John 2:3 (Tem: Part+gen); 3:4; 4:15, 33 (Res: A/PV>O), 48 (Res: A/PV>O), 49; 6:5, 28 (Res: A/PV>O), 34 (Res: A/PV>O); 7:3 (Res: A/PV>O), 35 (Res: A/PV>O), 50; 8:31 (Res: A/PV>O), 57 (Res: A/PV>O); 11:3, 21 (Res: A/PV>O); 12:19 (Res: A/PV>O); 16:17a (Res: A/PV>O); 19:24a (Res: A/PV>O); Acts 1:7; 2:12, 37; 3:25; 4:8 (Tem: A/UP UF), 19; 5:35; 7:3; 8:20; 9:15; 10:21; 12:8a, 15a; 13:15a; 15:7 (Tem: Part+gen), 36 (Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]); 18:6 (Tem: Part+gen), 14 (Tem: Part+gen); 19:2; 22:8, 10b, 21, 25 (Tem: V+X K); 23:3 (Tem: A/UP UF); 26:14 (Ins: N+dat); 28:4, 17 (Tem: Part+gen), 21; Rom 10:21; Heb 1:7, 13 (Tem: A/QP UF); 7:21 N—V+ DNC: Matt 1:20, 22b; 2:2, 8, 20; 3:9a (Loc: P/FO), 14, 17; 4:4; 5:2, 22c; 8:2, 3, 6, 25, 27, 29, 31; 9:3 (Loc: P/FO), 4, 5a, 5b, 12, 14, 21 (Loc: P/FO), 22, 24, 29, 30, 33, 34; 11:25 (Tem: P/FO); 12:10, 23, 24, 38, 44 (Tem: A/UP UF), 49; 13:3, 36, 37, 54; 14:15, 18, 28, 29, 30, 33; 15:1, 4, 13, 16, 22, 24, 26, 27, 32, 34b; 16:8, 13a, 14, 16; 17:5, 7, 9a, 10a, 11, 15, 17, 24, 25a, 25b, 26; 18:3a, 28, 29; 19:3, 4, 5, 14, 18b, 25; 20:12, 22a, 25, 30, 31 (Man: A/NFJ[XO), 32; 21:4a (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]), 9, 10, 11, 15, 16b, 20, 23, 25a (Loc: P/FO), 25b, 26, 27a, 29, 30b, 31a, 37, 38 (Loc: P/FO); 22:4a (Mea: A/QB MJO), 16, 18, 24a, 24b, 31b, 42a; 23:2, 16, 39b; 24:3a, 5, 48 (Loc: P/FO); 25:9, 11, 12a, 20, 22, 24, 37 (Tem: A/UP UF), 44 (Mea: A/LBJ; Tem: A/UP UF), 45b (Man: A/BNI O); 26:5, 8, 15, 17, 18a, 18c, 21a (Tem: Part+gen), 23, 25a, 39, 42, 48, 61, 63b, 65 (Tem: A/UP UF), 66, 68, 69, 70a; 27:4a, 4b, 6, 11a, 19, 21b, 22c, 23, 24, 25a, 40, 41 (Loc: P/NFUB [+gen]; Man: A/P NPJXK; Mea: A/LBJ), 46, 49, 54, 63a, 63b (Tem: A/FUJ); 28:13a; Mark 1:7, 24, 25; 2:9b; 3:33, 34; 4:9, 26, 30; 5:7, 12, 30, 31b; 6:2, 24b, 25, 38b; 7:37; 8:5, 12a, 24, 26, 33; 9:11a (Cau: N+acc) [read P UJ, cf. §3.2e], 19, 21, 24, 39; 10:4, 47, 49a, 51a; 11:3b (Cnd: V+FB O); 11:31b, 31c (Cnd: V+FB O), 32; 12:18b, 26b, 35a, 36b (Ins: P/FO), 38 (Tem: P/FO); 14:2, 6, 14b, 18a (Tem: Part+gen), 22 (Tem: Part+gen), 36, 39, 44, 60, 62, 63, 68a; 15:4, 9, 29, 31, 35, 36, 39; Luke 1:38, 42, 46, 60, 63, 66 (Loc: P/FO), 67; 2:13, 28; 3:8a (Loc: P/FO), 10, 14a; 4:22, 24a; 5:5, 8, 12, 13, 20, 21, 23a, 23b; 6:2, 3, 20; 7:14a, 32, 39b, 40a, 40c, 43a, 49 (Loc: P/FO); 8:10, 24, 28 (Ins:

218

1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

N+dat), 30, 38, 45a, 45b (Tem: Part+gen), 46, 49, 52, 54; 9:9, 13b, 18a, 19, 20c, 35, 38, 41, 49, 54a, 59b, 61 (Mea: A/LBJ); 10:5 (Goa: P/FJK [– an]; Tem: A/QSX_UPO), 10, 17, 21, 23, 25, 27, 30, 35, 37a, 40a; 11:2b (Tem: V+PUBO), 7, 24 (Tem: A/UP UF), 27a, 28, 29, 45b, 46, 49 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Mea: A/LBJ); 12:16b, 17, 18, 41a, 42, 45 (Loc: P/FO); 13:15, 18 (Res: A/PV>O), 20 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 25, 26, 35b; 14:3b, 19, 20, 22; 15:3b, 9, 11; 16:3 (Loc: P/FO), 6a, 7b, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30; 17:6a, 13, 17, 20, 21; 18:2, 3, 4 (Loc: P/FO), 6a, 13, 16, 18, 21, 24, 26, 27, 28, 38, 41; 19:12 (Res: A/PV>O), 14, 16, 18, 20, 30, 31 (Cnd: V+FB O; Man: A/PVUXK), 34, 38, 40a, 42; 20:5b, 5c (Cnd: V+FBO), 6, 13, 16, 17, 21a, 24, 28, 37, 39a; 21:3a, 5b, 7, 8a, 8b; 22:8, 17, 19, 20, 34a, 35b, 38a, 42, 49, 51, 56, 57, 59, 60a, 64, 67a, 70a, 71; 23:2a, 3, 18, 21, 34, 35, 37, 39, 42, 46a; 24:29; John 1:15b (Pat: N+acc) [cf. §6.8d], 21, 36, 47 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 2:20 (Tem: A/UP UF); 3:27, 28; 4:27, 31; 6:10, 14 (Res: A/PV>O), 26a, 41, 42a, 52, 60 (Res: A/PV>O), 65a; 7:11, 12b, 15 (Res: A/PV>O), 16, 25 (Res: A/PV>O), 31, 33 (Res: A/PV>O), 38, 40, 41a, 41b; 8:11a, 11b, 22a (Res: A/PV>O), 22b, 52b; 9:2, 6, 8, 9b, 12b, 16a, 16b, 19a, 20, 28, 35, 36, 39; 10:7a (Mea: A/QB MJO; Res: A/PV>O), 20, 21, 34, 36b; 11:4, 16a (Tem: A/UP UF), 28b (Man: A/MB RSB]), 34a, 36 (Res: A/PV>O), 37, 39a, 41, 47; 12:4, 7 (Res: A/PV>O), 21, 29b, 30, 39 (Mea: A/QB MJO); 13:21b, 31 (Tem: V+PUF); 14:9b (Man: A/QX_K); 16:18a (Res: A/PV>O), 19b, 29a; 17:1; 18:7, 17b, 25b, 26; 18:40 (Mea: A/QB MJO; Res: A/PV>O); 19:3, 6a, 12, 21b, 30 (Tem: V+PUF); 20:26; 21:20; Acts 1:6 (Res: A/PV>O), 11 (Mea: A/LBJ), 15, 24; 2:7, 17, 25 (Top: P/FJK [+an]), 34a, 40; 3:4, 6; 4:16, 25; 5:3, 8b, 19, 28, 29; 6:2, 13; 7:1, 7, 26, 27, 35, 49, 56, 59; 8:10, 19, 24a, 26, 30, 31; 9:5, 10b, 17, 21, 40; 10:4a, 14, 22, 26, 34; 11:4, 8, 13, 16, 18; 12:7, 11, 15b, 17; 13:2, 10, 16, 25, 35 (Cau: A/EJP UJ; Ins or Loc: P/FO; Mea: A/LBJ), 46; 14:10 (Ins: N+dat), 11, 15; 15:13, 17; 16:9, 17, 28, 31, 35; 17:18a, 19, 28, 32; 18:21; 19:3a, 3b, 4a, 13, 25, 28; 20:10; 21:11a, 14, 39, 40 (Ins: N+dat); 22:10a, 14, 19, 22, 24, 26; 23:4, 9, 23; 24:2, 10, 22; 25:10; 26:15a, 15b; 27:21 (Tem: Part+gen), 24, 33; 28:26a, 26b; Rom 4:9; 7:7b; 9:25 (Ins or Loc: P/FO; Man: A/X K); 10:6a (Man: A/PVUXK), 6b (Loc: P/FO), 11, 16, 18, 19a; 11:1, 9, 11 (Res: A/PV>O), 19 (Res: A/PV>O); 12:19; 15:10 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 12 (Mea: A/QB MJO); 1 Cor 1:12b; 3:4; 10:15 (Man: A/X K N+3); 11:24, 25; 15:12 (Cnd: V+FJ; Man: A/QX_K); 15:35; 2 Cor 6:2, 13 (Man: A/X K N+3), 17, 18; 9:4; 11:16 (Mea: A/QB MJO); Gal 1:9 (Mea: A/QB MJO; Man: A/X K; Tem: A/BSUJ); 3:15 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]), 16b; 4:1; 5:16; Eph 4:8 (Res: A/EJP ); 5:14 (Res: A/EJP ); Phil 4:4 (Mea: A/QB MJO); 1 Tim 5:18; Heb 1:6 (Mea: A/QB MJO; Tem: V+PUBO); 2:12; 3:7 (Man: A/LBRX K; Res: A/EJP ), 10, 15; 4:3. 4:4 (Loc: A/QPV; Man: A/PVUXK; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]), 7 (Ins: P/FO; Man: V+LBRX K; Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]); 5:6 (Loc: P/FO); 6:14; 8:8a, 8b, 9, 11, 13; 9:20; 10:5 (Res: A/EJP ), 7 (Tem: A/UP UF), 9 (Tem: A/UP UF), 15, 16, 30; 11:32 (Tem: A/FUJ); 12:26 (Tem: A/OVO); 13:5 (Res: V+XTUF), 6; Jas 2:3a, 11a, 11b, 18, 23; 4:5, 6, 13, 15; 2 Pet 3:4; Jude 9; Rev 1:8, 11, 17; 4:1, 8, 10; 5:9, 12 (Ins: N+dat), 13, 14; 6:1 (Man: A/X K N+1), 3, 5, 6, 7, 10 (Ins: N+dat); 7:3,

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

1

219

10 (Ins: N+dat); 8:13 (Ins: N+dat); 10:4, 8; 11:1, 15, 12:10; 13:4; 14:7 (Ins: N+dat), 8, 13; 15:3; 16:5, 7, 17; 17:1; 18:2 (Ins: P/FO), 4, 10, 16, 18, 19, 21; 19:1, 3, 4, 5, 6; 21:3, 5a, 5b; 22:17a, 17b, 20 N—V+ INC: Matt 2:15b, 17b; 3:2, 3b; 4:14b, 17; 5:21 (Tem: N+dat), 27, 31, 33 (Mea: A/QB MJO), 38, 43; 6:31; 8:17b; 11:18, 19; 12:17b; 13:14, 35b; 15:5a, 7; 16:2b (Tem: Part+gen); 22:43b; 23:30; 27:9b; Mark 3:22, 30; 6:16; 7:10, 11a; Luke 1:24; 5:39; 7:33, 34; 11:15; 20:42a; 23:29 (Tem: P/FO), 47; John 1:15a, 29, 30 (Ben: P/VQFS [+gen]); 7:28, 37; 12:44; 19:24b, 28, 37 (Mea: A/QB MJO); Acts 6:14; 7:48; 13:40 (Ins or Loc: P/FO); 20:35; Rom 10:19b, 20; 14:11; 1 Cor 12:3a, 3b, 15, 16; 2 Cor 4:6; 6:16; 1 Thes 5:3; Tit 1:12; Heb 2:6 (Loc: A/QPV); 3:10; 12:21; Jude 14 N—V+i DNC: Matt 16:15b; 22:23; Mark 8:29a; Luke 9:20b; 9:54b; 24:23a (Mea: A/LBJ), 23b; John 12:29a; Acts 4:32; 5:36; 8:9; 21:21; 23:8; 28:6 (Tem: Part+gen); Rom 4:1 (Res: A/PV>O); 15:8; 2 Tim 2:18; Jas 2:14; 1 John 2:6, 9; Rev 2:9; 3:9 N—V+i INC: Matt 16:13b; Mark 8:27b; 12:18a; Luke 9:18b; 11:18; 20:41b (Man: A/QX_K); 23:2b; Acts 17:7 N—V-i3 N+dat: Matt 5:34, 39; Luke 12:13b; Acts 11:12; 21:4 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); Rom 12:3 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); Rev 10:9a; 13:14 N—YBJSFJO (V-i3) N+dat [cf. §3.2g]: 2 John 10 (Cnd: V+ FJ), 11 N—V-i3 DNC: Matt 16:12; Mark 5:43; 8:7 (Mea: A/LBJ); Acts 23:12; N—V-i3 INC: Luke 19:15; Rom 2:22 N—V+FJ N+dat: Acts 5:8a N—V+FJ DNC: Acts 25:20 N—V+JOB N+dat: Mark 3:9; 9:18; Luke 4:3b [MJRPK +an];10:40b (Res: A/PV>O); Rev 6:11; 9:4 N—V+JOB DNC: Matt 4:3b (Cnd: V+FJ); 20:21b; 1 John 5:16 N—V+P N+dat: Mark 13:37b; John 11:46 N—V+P INC: Matt 10:27b (Loc: P/FO) N—V+PUJ [+quo] N+dat: Matt 3:9b; 5:20, 22a, 28, 32; 6:29; 8:11; 9:18, 11:24; 12:6, 36; 13:17 (Man: A/BNI O); 16:18, 28 (Man: A/BNI O); 17:12; 18:10, 13 (Cnd: V+FB O; Man: BNI O), 19 (Man: A/BNI O; Mea: A/QB MJO); 19:8, 9, 23b (Man: A/BNI O), 28b (Man: A/BNI O); 21:31c (Man: A/BNI O), 43 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]); 24:34 (Man: A/BNI O), 47; 26:21b (Man: A/BNI O), 34 (Man: A/BNI O); 28:7a; Mark 1:37, 40; 2:17; 3:28 (Man: A/BNI O); 6:4, 18; 8:28b; 9:1b, 13, 31, 41 (Man: A/BNI O); 11:23a (Man: A/BNI O); 12:43b (Man: A/BNI O); 13:30 (Man: A/BNI O); 14:14a (Loc: V+PQPV), 18b (Man: A/BNI O), 25 (Man: A/BNI O), 27, 30b (Man: A/BNI O), 57, 69, 72; 16:7a; Luke 3:8b; 4:12, 24b (Man: A/BNI O); 10:12, 24; 12:37 (Man: A/BNI O), 44 (Man: A/BMIRX_K); 13:14; 14:24; 15:7, 27; 18:8, 29b (Man: A/BNI O); 19:26; 21:3b (Man: A/BMIRX_K), 32 (Man: A/BNI O); 22:16, 18, 37, 61; 24:46; John 1:50b; 3:11 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 4:42, 52 (Res: A/PV>O); 5:24 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O), 25 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 6:65b (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]); 8:24 (Res: A/PV>O), 34 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 9:11b; 10:7b (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 13:21c (Man: A/BNI@O

220

1

New Testament Verbs of Communication

BNI O), 33a; 16:20 (Man: A/BNI@O BNI O); 20:13b; Rom 9:12 (Pur: V+JOB; Tem: Part+gen), 17; Gal 5:2; Jude 18 N—V+PUJ [–quo] N+dat: Matt 16:20; Luke 21:5a (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); John 4:51; 6:36; 11:40b; 14:2 (Cnd: V+FJ); 16:26; 21:23; Acts 20:23; Phlm 19 N—V+PUJ [+quo] P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 12:7; Luke 1:61; 4:21, 43; 19:9; 20:5a; Acts 2:29 (Ins: P/NFUB [+gen]; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); 26:31 N—V+PUJ [+quo] DNC: Matt 14:26; 16:7; 21:3b (Cnd: V+FB O); 26:75; 27:43, 47; Mark 2:12; 3:11; 5:23, 28, 35; 6:14, 15a, 15b, 35; 7:20; 9:26; 12:6, 32b (Man: A/LBMX_K; Man: P/FQJ [+gen]; Voc: N+voc); 13:6; 14:58; Luke 4:41; 5:26; 7:4, 16; 9:7, 22; 12:54b (Tem: V+PUBO), 55 (Tem: V+PUBO); 14:30; 15:2; 17:10 (Man: A/PVUXK; Mea: A/LBJ); 19:7; 22:70b; 23:5; 24:7, 34; John 4:17b (Man: A/LBMX_K); 6:42b (Man: A/QX_K; Tem: A/OVO); 7:12a; 8:33 (Man: A/QX_K), 48b (Man: A/LBMX_K), 54 (Pat: N+acc) [cf. §6.5d], 55; 9:9a, 9c, 17c, 19b (Pat: N+acc) [cf. §6.5d], 23 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]), 41b; 10:36a (Pat: N+acc) [cf. §6.8d], 41a; 12:34 (Man: A/QX_K); 13:11 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]); Acts 2:13; 3:22; 5:23; 6:11; 11:3; 13:22 (Mea: A/LBJ), 34 (Man: A/PVUXK); 15:5; 18:13; 19:21; 1 Cor 14:21, 23 (Cnd: V+FB O; Res: A/PV>O); 15:27; Heb 8:10; 10:8 (Loc or Tem: A/BOX UFSPO); Jas 1:13; 1 John 1:6, 8, 10; 2:4; 4:20; Rev 3:17; 18:7 N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: John 4:20; 7:42; 16:15 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]); 18:37b; Acts 19:26; 23:20; 1 Cor 1:15; 2 Cor 11:21a; 1 Tim 4:1 (Man: A/S IUX_K) N—V+PUJ [+quo] INC: Matt 10:7; 17:10b; 28:13b; Mark 1:15; 3:21; 9:11b (Cau: N+acc); 12:35b (Man: A/QX_K); John 1:32; 4:35a; Rom 3:8 N—V+QPJPO N+dat: Matt 21:24c (Cnd: V+FB O; Mea: A/LBJ), 27; Mark 11:29b, 33c N—V+QP UF N+dat: Matt 24:3b; Mark 13:4 N—V+QPV N+dat: John 20:15c N—V+UJ N+dat: Matt 22:17 (Res: A/PV>O) N—V+UJ DNC: Acts 24:20 N—DNC N+dat: Matt 18:17 (Cnd: V+FB O); 28:7b; Mark 7:36; 8:28a [LM]; 11:6a (Man: V+LBRX K); 12:26a [LM]; 14:16; 16:7b; Luke 5:14; 19:32; 22:13, 67b (Cnd: V+FJ), 67d; John 9:27; 10:24b (Man: N+dat), 25; 12:22a, 22b, 50; 13:19 (Pur: V+JOB; Tem: P/BQP ; Tem: P/QSP@ V+i), 28 (Pur: P/QSP K [+acc]), 33b (Man: V+LBRX K; Mea: A/LBJ; Tem: A/BSUJ); 14:29 (Pur: V+JOB; Tem: A/OVO; Tem: A/QSJ=O V+i); 16:4a; Acts 19:4b (Pur: V+JOB); Rom 11:13; 1 Cor 6:5 (Pur: P/QSP K [+acc]); Heb 5:11 (Cau: V+FQFJ) [cf. §3.2g] N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 8:4 (Ins: P/FO); 14:3a [LM] N—DNC DNC: Matt 8:8 (Ins: N+dat); 22:1a (Ins: P/FO; Mea: A/QB MJO) [LM]; 23:3b; 26:25c, 35b (Man: A/P NPJXK), 64b; 27:11b; 28:6; Mark 11:6b; 15:2b; Luke 7:7 (Ins: N+dat), 39a (Loc: P/FO) [LM]; 13:27a [LM]; 20:2a [LM]; 20:39b (Man: A/LBMX_K; Voc: N+voc); 22:65 (Ben: P/FJK [+an]); 24:24; John 1:23; 11:42 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Pur: V+JOB); 13:13 (Man: A/LBMX_K); Acts 13:15b; Rom 3:5b (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]);

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

221

(b) 1/Agt—[2/Top] (3/Exp): speak—about (P/QFSJ [+gen]) to (N+dat), —about (P/QFSJ [+gen]) (DNC).130 2. (Ben. act. trans.) 1/Agt—2/Pat [3/Ben]: reference [in/by writing] —(N+acc) for (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC).131 3. (Mod. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Pat] 3/Rst: reference…as, call—(N+acc) (N+2), —(N+acc) (Adj+2).132 NBSUVSPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: testify—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(V+PUJ [+quo]) to (N+dat), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) to (N+dat), —that (P/FJK UP@ V+i) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).133

130.

131.

132.

133.

1

1 Cor 9:10 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Man: A/QB OUXK); 14:34; 2 Cor 7:3 (Pur: P/QSP K [+acc]); 8:8; 9:3; 11:21b (Ins: P/FO); Eph 5:32 (Top: P/FJK [+an]); Phil 4:11 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); Tit 2:8 (Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]); Rev 2:24b (Man: A/X K) N—DNC INC: Luke 20:21b (Man: A/PSRX_K) N—INC N+dat: Matt 2:13b; John 18:16 MFHX (1b): ACE ^C CJT +or act. N—P/QFSJ [+gen] N+dat: Matt 16:11; 17:13; Mark 1:30; 8:30; John 18:34b N—P/QFSJ [+gen] DNC: Matt 21:45; John 2:21; 11:13a, 13b; 13:18, 22, 24; Acts 26:1; Heb 9:5 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]) MFHX (2): AC(E)+B CJP act. [cf. §§6.8c, 6.8d] N—N+acc N+dat: John 8:27; Phil 3:18a (Mea: A/QPMMB LJK) N—N+acc DNC: Mark 14:71; Luke 6:26 (Man: A/LBMX K); 9:31; John 1:15b (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]) [cf. §6.8d]; 6:71; 8:54 (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]) [cf. §6.8d]; 9:19b (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]) [cf. §6.8d]; 10:36a (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]) [cf. §6.8d]; Acts 23:5 (Man: A/LBLX K); Rom 4:6 (Man: A/LBRB QFS; Mea: A/LBJ); 1 Cor 10:29; Phil 3:18b (Mea: A/LBJ; Tem: A/OVO) MFHX (3): AC(E)+R CJP act. N—N+acc N+2: Matt 1:16; 2:23a; 4:18; 9:9a; 10:2; 13:55; 26:3, 14, 36a; 27:16, 17b, 22b, 33a, 33b; Mark 12:37; 15:7, 12b; Luke 22:1, 47; John 1:38c; 4:5, 25b; 5:18 (Mea: A/LBJ); 9:11a; 10:35; 11:16b, 54; 15:15a (Cau: V+PUJ; Tem: A/PVLFUJ), 15b (Cau: V+PUJ); 19:13, 17a, 17b; 20:16c, 24; 21:2; Acts 3:2; 6:9; 9:36; 24:14; 1 Cor 8:5; Eph 2:11a, 11b; Col 4:11; 2 Thes 2:4; Heb 7:11 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); 9:2, 3; 11:24; Rev 2:2, 20; 8:11 N—N+acc Adj+2: Mark 10:18b (Cau: N+acc); Luke 18:19b (Cau: N+acc); Acts 10:28 NBSUVSPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 26:22 N—V+PUJ [+quo] N+dat: Acts 20:26 (Cau: A/EJP UJ; Tem: P/FO) N—V+PUJ [–quo] N+dat: Gal 5:3 (Mea: A/QB MJO) N—P/FJK UP@ V+i DNC: 1 Thes 2:12 N—DNC DNC: Eph 4:17 (Con: V+i; Ins: P/FO) [LC]

222

New Testament Verbs of Communication

NIOVX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: make known—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).134 OFVX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: signal by motion—to (V-i3) to (N+dat).135 OPVRFUFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] [3/Top]: admonish, teach, warn —(N+acc) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).136 P NJMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Top] [3/Exp]: talk, converse—about (P/QFSJ [+gen]) to, with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(DNC) (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).137 PNOVX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) (3/Exp): swear—(N+acc) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(V+) to (N+dat), —(V+) (DNC), —to (V-i1) to (N+dat), —to, that (V-i3) to (N+dat), —(V+PUJ) [+quo] (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC), —(INC) (INC).138 P NPMPHFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Con] (3/Exp): declare, confess— (N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(N+acc) (INC), —that (V+i) (INC), —that (V-i1) to (N+dat), —that (V-i1) (DNC), —(V+PUJ [+quo]) to

1

134. NIOVX (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 23:30 [cf. §5.2e] N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: Luke 20:37 (Loc: P/FQJ [+gen, –an]; Tem: V+X K) N—DNC DNC: John 11:57 (Cnd: V+FB O; Pur: V+PQXK); 1 Cor 10:28 135. OFVX (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—V-i3 N+dat: John 13:24 (Res: A/PV>O); Acts 24:10 136. OPVRFUFX (1): ACE ^E CJT +or act. N—N+acc DNC: Acts 20:31 (Man: P/NFUB [+gen]); Rom 15:14 (Mea: A/LBJ); Col 1:28 (Ins: P/FO; Pur: V+JOB); 3:16 (Ins: P/FO); 1 Thes 5:12, 14 N—DNC DNC: 1 Cor 4:14 (Man: A/X K N+2); 2 Thes 3:15 (Man: A/X K N+2) 137. P NJMFX (1): ACE ^C CJT +or act. N—P/QFSJ [+gen] P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 24:14 N—DNC N+dat: Acts 24:26 (Mea: A/LBJ; Cau: A/EJP ) N—DNC DNC: Luke 24:15; Acts 20:11 (Tem: P/BYSJ) 138. PNOVX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 1:73 N—V+ N+dat: Mark 6:23 (Man: A/QPMMB ) N—V+ DNC: Heb 3:11 (Ins: P/FO; Man: A/X K); 4:3 (Ins: P/FO; Man: A/X K); 7:21 N—V-i1 N+dat: Acts 2:30 (Ins: N+dat) N—V-i3 N+dat: Heb 3:18 N—V+PUJ [+quo] DNC: Matt 26:74; Mark 14:71; Rev 10:6 (Ins: P/FO) N—DNC DNC: Heb 6:13a (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]), 13b (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]; Cau: V+FQFJ) [LM] N—INC INC: Matt 5:34 (Man: A/PMXK), 36 (Ins: P/FO); 23:16a (Ins: P/FO), 16b (Ins: P/FO), 18a (Ins: P/FO), 18b (Ins: P/FO), 20a (Ins: P/FO), 20b (Ins: P/FO), 21a (Ins: P/FO), 21b (Ins: P/FO), 22a (Ins: P/FO), 22b (Ins: P/FO); Heb 6:16 (Ben: P/LBUB [+gen]); Jas 5:12 (Ins: N+acc; Loc: P/QSP )

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

223

(N+dat), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC), —(DNC) (INC).139 (b) 1/Agt—2/Top [3/Exp]: declare, confess—about (P/FO) (DNC).140 2. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} 3/Exp: speak a cofession— to (N+dat).141 QBSBHHFMMX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: speak orders, speak…as orders—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —that (V+i) to (N+dat), —to (V-i3) to (N+dat), —to (V-i3) (DNC), —that (V+JOB) to (N+dat), —(DNC) to (N+dat).142 QBSBLBMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] [3/Con]: beg, urge —(N+acc) (V+), —(N+acc) to (V-i2), —(N+acc) that (V+JOB), —(N+acc) that (V+PQXK), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(DNC) (N+acc), —(DNC) that (UPV V+i), —(DNC) (V+), —(DNC) (V-i2), —(DNC) that (V+JOB), —(DNC) (V+PUJ [+quo]), —(DNC) (DNC).143

1

139. P NPMPHFX (1a): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2d] N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 7:17; 24:14 (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]) N—N+acc DNC: 1 Tim 6:12 (Loc: P/FOX QJPO); 1 John 1:9; 2:23; 4:2, 3; 2 John 7; Rev 3:5 (Loc: P/FOX QJPO) N—N+acc INC: Acts 23:8; Rom 10:10 (Ins: N+dat; Pur or Res: P/FJK) N—V+i INC: John 9:22; Rom 10:9 (Ins: P/FO) N—V-i1 N+dat: Matt 14:7 (Ins: P/NFUB [+gen]; Res: A/PRFO) N—V-i1 DNC: Tit 1:16 N—V+PUJ [+quo] N+dat: Matt 7:23 (Tem: A/UP UF); John 1:20b N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: Heb 11:13; 1 John 4:15; N—DNC DNC: John 1:20a [LC: P NPMPHFX] N—DNC INC: John 12:42 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Pur: V+JOB) 140. P NPMPHFX (1b): ACE ^C CJT +or act. N—P/FO DNC: Matt 10:32a (Loc: P/FNQSPTRFO), 32b (Loc: P/FNQSPTRFO; Mea: A/LBJ); Luke 12:8a (Loc: P/FNQSPTRFO), 8b (Loc: P/FNQSPTRFO; Mea: A/LBJ) 141. P NPMPHFX (2): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or act. N—N+dat: Heb 13:15 142. QBSBHHFMMX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2c] N—N+acc N+dat: 2 Thes 3:10 (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]; Mea: A/LBJ) N—N+acc DNC: Mark Shorter Ending; 1 Cor 11:17; 2 Thes 3:4; 1 Tim 4:11; 5:7 (Pur: V+JOB) N—V+i N+dat: 1 Cor 7:10; 1 Tim 6:13 (Loc: P/FOX QJPO) N—V-i3 N+dat: Matt 15:35; Mark 8:6; Luke 5:14; 8:29, 56; 9:21; Acts 1:4; 5:28 (Ins: N+dat); 10:42; 16:18 (Ins: P/FO), 23; 17:30 (Tem: N+acc); 23:30 (Mea: A/LBJ); 2 Thes 3:6 (Ins: P/FO; Voc: N+voc); 1 Tim 1:3; 6:17 N—V-i3 DNC: Acts 4:18; 5:40; 15:5; 23:22 N—V+JOB N+dat: Mark 6:8; 2 Thes 3:12 (Ins: P/FO) N—DNC N+dat: Matt 10:5 [LM]; 1 Thes 4:11 143. QBSBLBMFX (1a): ACE ^E +or act. N—N+acc V+: 1 Cor 4:16 (Res: A/PV>O); 1 Thes 5:14 (Voc: N+voc); Heb 13:22 (Voc: N+voc); 1 Pet 5:1 [Continued overleaf]

224

New Testament Verbs of Communication (b) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] [3/Top]: encourage—(N+acc) about, concerning (P/FQJ [+dat]), —(N+acc) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(DNC (DNC).144

1

N—N+acc V-i2: Mark 5:17; Luke 8:41; Acts 8:31; 11:23; 24:4 (Pur: V+JOB); 27:33 (Tem: P/BYSJ), 34 (Cau: A/EJP ); 28:14, 20 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Res: A/PV>O); Rom 12:1 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Res: A/PV>O; Voc: N+voc); 15:30 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Voc: N+voc); 16:17 (Voc: N+voc); 1 Cor 16:12 (Man: A/QPMMB ); 2 Cor 2:8 (Cau: A/EJP ); 6:1 (Mea: A/LBJ); 10:1 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); 12:8 (Mea: A/USJK; Top: P/VQFS [+acc]); Eph 4:1 (Res: A/oV>O); Phil 4:2a, 2b; 1 Thes 4:10 (Voc: N+voc); 1 Tim 1:3 (Man: A/LBRX K; Put: V+JOB); Tit 2:6 (Man: A/X TBVUXK) N—N+acc V+JOB: Matt 14:36; Mark 5:10 (Man: A/QPMMB ), 18 (Tem: Part+gen); 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Luke 8:31, 32; 1 Cor 1:10 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Voc: N+voc); 16:15 (Voc: N+voc); 2 Cor 8:6; 9:5; 1 Thes 4:1 (Res: A/PV>O; Tem: A/MPJQP O; Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc V+PQXK: Matt 8:34 N—N+acc DNC: Matt 8:5, 31 [LM]; 18:29 (Res: A/PV>O) [LM], 32; 26:53; Mark 1:40 [LC]; 5:12 [LM], 23 (Man: A/QPMMB ) [LM]; Luke 7:4 (Man: A/TQPVEBJXK) [LM]; 15:28; Acts 2:40 [LM]; 16:9 [LC]; 25:2; 2 Cor 12:18; 1 Thes 2:12 N—DNC N+acc: Luke 3:18 (Res: A/PV>O); 1 Tim 6:2 N—DNC UPV V+i: Acts 21:12 (Tem: V+X K) [cf. §4.2e] N—DNC V+: Acts 9:38 N—DNC V-i2: Acts 13:42 (Tem: Part+gen); 14:22; 19:31; 1 Tim 2:1 (Res: A/PV>O; Tem: A/QSX_UPO); Heb 13:19 (Man: A/QFSJTTPUFSXK; Pur: V+JOB); 1 Pet 2:11 (Man: A/X K N+2; Voc: N+voc); Jude 3 N—DNC V+JOB: 2 Thes 3:12 (Ins: P/FO) N—DNC V+PUJ [+quo]: Acts 14:22 N—DNC DNC: Acts 16:15 (Tem: V+X K) [LM]; 2 Cor 5:20 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); 1 Pet 5:12 144. QBSBLBMFX (1b): ACE ^E CJT +or act. N—N+acc P/FQJ [+dat]: 2 Cor 1:4a (Pur: P/FJK UP@ V+i); 7:7 (Ins: N+dat); 1 Thes 3:7 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Tem: P/FQJ [+dat]; Voc: N+voc) N—N+acc P/QFSJ [+gen]: Phlm 10 N—N+acc DNC: Matt 2:18 (Cau: V+PUJ); 5:4; Luke 16:25 (Loc: A/X\Ee; Tem: A/OVO); Acts 15:32 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); 16:39, 40; 20:2 (Ins: N+dat), 12 (Man: A/NFUSJXK); 2 Cor 1:4b (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]), 4c (Ins: N+gen [genO); 14:23; 19:13; 26:36 (Loc: A/FLFJ); Mark 1:35 (Loc: A/FLFJ); 6:46; 11:25; 12:40 (Man: N+dat; Tem: A/NBLSB ); 14:32; Luke 1:10 (Tem: P/FXK); 3:21; 5:16; 6:12; 9:18 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]), 28, 29; 11:1a, 1b, 2; 18:1 (Tem: A/QB OUPUF), 10; 20:47 (Man: N+dat; Tem: A/NBLSB ); Acts 6:6; 9:11, 40; 10:9 (Tem: P/QFSJ [+acc]), 30 (Loc: P/FO; Tem: P/BQP ; Tem: P/NFYSJ; Tem: N+acc); 11:5; 12:12 (Loc: A/PVO); Jas 5:13, 14 (Goa: P/FQJ [+acc]), 17 (Pur: UPV V+i), 18 (Mea: A/QB MJO); Jude 20 (Ins: P/FO)

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

227

QSPTMBMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) [3/Exp]: speak—(INC) to (N+dat), —(INC) (DNC).159 QSPTUB TTX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] (3/Exp): peak orders, speak…as orders—(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) (DNC), —that (V+i) (INC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).160 QSPTGXOFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: call—(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).161 2. (Eff. act. trans.) 1/Agt—2/Pat: summon—(N+acc).162 QSPGIUFVX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—(2/Con) (3/Exp): prophesy—that (V+PUJ [–quo]) (DNC), —who (V+UJ) to (N+dat), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC), —(INC) (DNC), —(INC) (INC).163 (b) 1/Agt—2/Top [3/Exp]: prophesy—about (P/FQJ [+dat]) (DNC), —about (P/QFSJ [+gen]) (DNC).164

1

159. QSPTMBMFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—INC N+dat: Acts 13:43 N—INCDNC: Acts 28:20 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Res: A/PV>O) 160. QSPTUB TTX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2c] N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 10:33 N—N+acc DNC: Matt 8:4; Mark 1:44; Acts 17:26 N—V+i INC: Acts 10:48 N—DNC N+dat: Matt 1:24 N—DNC DNC: Luke 5:14 161. QSPTGXOFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—DNC N+dat: Matt 11:16 [LM]; Luke 7:32; 23:20; Acts 22:2 (Ins: N+dat) N—DNC DNC: Luke 13:12 [LC]; Acts 21:40 (Ins: N+dat; Tem: Part+gen) [LM] 162. QSPTGXOFX (2): AC(E) CJP act. N—N+acc: Luke 6:13 (Tem: V+PUF) 163. QSPGIUFVX (1a): ACE ^C +or act. N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: John 11:51 N—V+UJ N+dat: Matt 26:68 (Voc: N+voc) N—DNC N+dat: Jude 14 (Mea: A/LBJ) [LM] N—DNC DNC: Matt 15:7 (Man: A/LBMX_K; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]) [LM]; Luke 1:67 [LM] N—INC DNC: Mark 14:65; Luke 22:64; 1 Cor 14:3, 4 N—INC INC: Matt 7:22 (Ins: N+dat; Voc: N+voc: Voc: N+voc); 11:13 (Tem: P/FXK); Acts 2:17, 18; 19:6; 21:9; 1 Cor 11:4, 5 (Man: N+dat); 13:9 (Man: P/FL); 14:1, 5a, 5b, 24, 31 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]; Pur: V+JOB), 39; Rev 11:3 (Tem: N+acc) 164. QSPGIUFVX (1b): ACE ^C CJT +or act. N—P/FQJ [+dat] DNC: Rev 10:11 (Mea: A/QB MJO) N—P/QFSJ [+gen] DNC: Mark 7:6 (Man: V+X K; Man: A/LBMX_K); 1 Pet 1:10

228

New Testament Verbs of Communication

QVORB OPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con [3/Exp]: ask—(N+acc) of (P/QBSB [+gen]), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) (DNC), —whether (V+FJ) (DNC), —where (V+QPV) of (P/QBSB [+gen]), —what (V+UJ) (DNC).165 2. (Cog. mid. trans.) 1/Exp—2/Con: learn through inquiry—that (V+PUJ).166 TINBJOX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: indicate, make known— (N+acc) (DNC), —that (V+i) (DNC), —(V+QPJPO) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).167 TV[IUFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—(2/Con) [3/Exp]: discuss—(N+acc) with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —what (V+UJ) (DNC), —(DNC) with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(DNC) (DNC), —(INC) with (N+dat), —(INC) with (P/QSP K [+acc]).168 TVMMBMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) 3/Exp: speak—(N+acc) to, with (N+dat), —(DNC) to, with (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(INC) to, with (N+dat), —(INC) with (P/NFUB [+gen]).169 TVMMPHJ[PNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] 3/Exp: discuss—(DNC) with (P/QSP K [+acc]).170

1

165. QVORB OPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc P/QBSB [+gen]: John 4:52 (Res: A/PV>O) N—N+acc DNC: Acts 23:20 (Man: A/BLSJCFTUFSPO; Top: P/QFSJ [+gen]) N—V+ DNC: Acts 4:7; 23:19 N—V+FJ DNC: Acts 10:18 N—V+QPV P/QBSB [+gen]: Matt 2:4 N—V+UJ DNC: Luke 15:26; 18:36; John 13:24; Acts 10:29 (Res: A/PV>O); 21:33 166. QVORB OPNBJ (2): (A)CE mid. N—V+PUJ: Acts 23:34 167. TINBJOX (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc DNC: Acts 25:27 N—V+i DNC: Acts 11:28 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]) N—V+QPJPO DNC: John 12:33; 18:32; 21:19 N—DNC DNC: Rev 1:1 168. TV[IUFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 9:16; Luke 22:23 N—V+UJ DNC: Mark 9:10 N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 1:27 [LM]; Acts 9:29 (Mea: A/LBJ) N—DNC DNC: Mark 12:28; Luke 24:15 N—INC N+dat: Mark 8:11; Acts 6:9 N—INC P/QSP K [+acc]: Mark 9:14 169. TVMMBMFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Luke 22:4 N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 4:36 [LM] N—INC N+dat: Mark 9:4; Luke 9:30 N—INC P/NFUB [+gen]: Matt 17:3; Acts 25:12 170. TVMMPHJ[PNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—DNC P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 20:5 [LM]

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

229

TVNCPVMFVX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: recommend, speak as advice—to (V-i3) to (N+dat), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) to (N+dat).171 2. (Cog. mid. trans.) 1/Exp—2/Con: take counsel—to (V-i1), —that (V+JOB).172 TVOPNJMFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Top] 3/Exp: 1. speak together —(DNC) with (N+dat).173 TVOUB TTX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] 3/Exp: speak orders—(DNC) to (N+dat).174 VQFSFOUVHYB OX, 1. (Cmm. act. trans.) 1/Agt—{{2/Con}} [3/Exp]: speak an intercession, intercede—(DNC).175 VQPEFJLOVNJ, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: show, make known, warn—(N+acc) to (N+dat)—to (V-i3) (N+dat), —how much (V+PTPO) (N+dat), —what (V+UJ) (N+dat).176 VQPNJNOI]T LX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] 3/Con: remind—(N+acc) of (N+acc), —(N+acc) to (V-i2), —(N+acc) that (V+PUJ [–quo]), —(DNC) of (N+acc).177 (b) 1/Agt—2/Exp 3/Top: remind—(N+acc) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]).178 2. (Cmm. pass. trans.) 1/Agt—[[2/Exp]] 3/Top: remind oneself = remember—about (N+gen).179 GBOFSP X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] (3/Exp): make known, reveal —(N+acc) to (N+dat), —(N+acc) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(N+acc) (DNC), 171. TVNCPVMFVX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—V-i3 N+dat: Rev 3:18 N—V+PUJ [–quo] N+dat: John 18:14 172. TVNCPVMFVX (2): (A)CE mid. N—V-i1: Acts 9:23 (Tem: V+X K) N—V+JOB: Matt 26:4 173. TVOPNJMFX (1): ACE ^C CJT +or act. N—DNC N+dat: Acts 10:27 174. TVOUB TTX (1): ACE ^C +or act. [cf. §3.2c] N—DNC N+dat: Matt 21:6; 26:19; 27:10 175. VQFSFOUVHYB OX (1): A{C}E ^C {C=V} +or act. N—DNC: Rom 8:26 (Ins: N+dat) 176. VQPEFJLOVNJ (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Acts 20:35 (Cau: V+PUJ) N—V-i3 N+dat: Matt 3:7; Luke 3:7 N—V+PTPO N+dat: Acts 9:16 N—V+UJ N+dat: Luke 6:47; 12:5  177 VQPNJNOI] TLX (1a): ACE ^E –or act. N—N+acc N+acc: John 14:26 N—N+acc V-i2: Tit 3:1 N—N+acc V+PUJ [–quo]: Jude 5 N—DNC N+acc: 2 Tim 2:14; 3 John 10 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Cnd: V+FB O)  178 VQPNJNOI] TLX (1b): ACE ^E CJT –or act. N—N+acc P/QFSJ [+gen]: 2 Pet 1:12 (Cnd: V+LBJQFS) 179. VQPNJNOI] TLX (2): AC[E] ^E CJT [E=A] –or pass. [cf. §5.8c] N—N+gen: Luke 22:61 (Man: V+X K) 1

230

New Testament Verbs of Communication

—(N+acc) (INC), —that (V+PUJ [–quo]) (DNC), —what (V+UJ) (DNC), —(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).180 GB TLX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con (3/Exp): claim—that (V+i) (DNC), —to (V-i1) (DNC), —to (V-i1) (INC).181 GINJ, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] [3/Exp]: say—(N+acc) (DNC), —(V+) to (N+dat), —(V+) to (P/QSP K [+acc]), —(V+) (DNC), —that (V+i) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).182

1

180. GBOFSP X (1): ACE ^C –or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Mark 16:12 (Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]), 14 (Tem: A/VTUFSPO); John 1:31; 7:4 (Cnd: V+FJ); 17:6; 21:1a (Loc: P/FQJ [+gen, –an]; Mea: A/QB MJO; Tem: P/NFUB [+acc]), 14 (Tem: N+acc; Tem: A/IEI); 2 Cor 5:11a; Col 1:26 (Tem: A/OVO); 1 John 1:2b N—N+acc P/QSP K [+acc]: 2 Cor 7:12 (Loc: P/FNQSPTRFO) N—N+acc DNC: John 2:11; Rom 3:21 (Ins: P/YXSJK; Tem: A/OVOJ); 16:26 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Tem: A/OVO); 1 Cor 4:5; 2 Cor 5:10 (Loc: P/FNQSPT RFO; Pur: V+JOB), 11b (Ins or Loc: P/FO); Col 4:4 (Cau: V+X K); 2 Tim 1:10 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]); Heb 9:8 (Tem: A/NI QX; Tem: Part+gen); Tit 1:3 (Ins: P/FO; Tem: N+dat); 1 Pet 5:4; 1 John 1:2a; 2:28; 3:2b, 5 (Pur: V+JOB), 8 (Pur: P/FJK; Pur: V+JOB); 4:9 (Ins: P/FO; Loc: P/FO); Rev 15:4 N—N+acc INC: Mark 4:22; John 3:21 (Con: V+PUJ); 9:3 (Loc or Ins: P/FO); 2 Cor 2:14 (Ins: P/EJB [+gen]; Loc: P/FO); 4:10 (Loc: P/FO; Mea: A/LBJ), 11 (Loc: P/FO); Eph 5:13, 14; Col 3:4a, 4b (Ins: P/FO; Tem: V+PUBO; Tem: A/UP UF); 1 Tim 3:16 (Loc or Ins: P/FO); Heb 9:26 (Mea: A/BQBD; Pur: P/FJK; Tem: A/OVOJ; Tem: P/FQJ); 1 Pet 1:20 (Cau: P/EJB [+acc]; Tem: P/FQJ); Rev 3:18 N—V+PUJ [–quo] DNC: 2 Cor 3:3; 1 John 2:19 N—V+UJ DNC: 1 John 3:2a (Tem: A/PVQX) N—DNC N+dat: Rom 1:19 N—DNC DNC: John 21:1b (Man: A/PVUXK); 2 Cor 11:6 (Ins: P/FO; Man: P/FO; Loc: P/FJK [+an]) 181. GB TLX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—V+i DNC: Acts 25:19 N—V-i1 DNC: Acts 24:9 N—V-i1 INC: Rom 1:22 182. GINJ (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc DNC: 1 Cor 7:29 (Con: V+; Voc: N+voc); 10:19; 15:50 (Con: V+PUJ [+quo]; Voc: N+voc) N—V+ N+dat: Matt 4:7; 13:28; 17:26; 19:21; 21:27 (Mea: A/LBJ); 22:37; 25:21, 23; 26:34; 27:65; Mark 9:12, 38; 10:20; 12:24; 14:29; Luke 7:44; 23:3, 40; Acts 26:32 N—V+ P/QSP K [+acc]: Luke 22:70; Acts 2:38; 10:28; 26:1 N—V+ DNC: Matt 8:8; 13:29; 14:8; 26:61; 27:11, 23; Mark 10:29; Luke 15:17; 22:58a, 58b; John 1:23; 9:38; 18:29; Acts 7:2; 8:36; 10:30, 31; 16:30, 37; 17:22; 19:35; 21:37; 22:2, 27, 28; 23:5, 17, 18, 35; 25:5, 22, 24; 26:24 (Ins: N+dat), 25; 1 Cor 6:16; 10:15 (Man: A/X K); 2 Cor 10:10; Heb 8:5 N—V+i DNC: Rom 3:8 N—DNC DNC: Luke 7:40

10. The Case Frame Lexicon and Parsing Guide

231

GRFHHPNBJ, 1. (Cmm. mid. ditr.) 1/Agt—(2/Con) (3/Exp): speak—(N+acc) (DNC), —(INC) (DNC), —(INC) (INC).183 GSB [X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: explain, interpret—(N+acc) to (N+dat).184 GXOFX, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—[2/Con] 3/Exp: speak loudly, shout—(DNC) to (N+dat), —(DNC) (DNC).185 2. (Eff. act. trans.) 1/Agt—2/Pat: summon, call—(N+acc).186 3. (Eff. act. intr.) 1/Agt—{{2/Pat}}: make a sound, sound.187 YSINBUJ[X, 1. (Cmm. act. ditr.) 1/Agt—2/Con 3/Exp: reveal, inform—to (V-i3) to (N+dat).188 2. (Cmm. act. ditr.) (a) 1/Agt—[2/Exp] [3/Con]: warn, direct—(N+acc) to (V-i2), —(N+acc) (DNC), —(DNC) (DNC).189 (b) 1/Agt—2/Exp 3/Top: warn—(N+acc) about (P/QFSJ [+gen]).190 3. (Des. act. trans.) 1/Pat—2/Rst: take on as a title, be called—(N+1).191

1

183. GRFHHPNBJ (1): ACE ^C +or mid. N—N+acc DNC: 2 Pet 2:18 N—INC DNC: 2 Pet 2:16 (Ins: P/FO) N—INC INC: Acts 4:18 (Man: A/LBRP MPV) 184. GSB [X (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—N+acc N+dat: Matt 15:15 185. GXOFX (1): ACE ^C +or act. N—DNC N+dat: Rev 14:18 (Ins: N+dat) [LM] N—DNC DNC: Luke 8:8, 54 [LM]; 16:24 [LM]; 23:46 (Ins: N+dat) [LM]; Acts 16:28 (Ins: N+dat) [LM] 186. GXOFX (2): AC(E) CJP act. N—N+acc: Matt 20:32; 27:47; Mark 9:35; 10:49a, 49b, 49c; 15:35; Luke 14:12 (Res: V+NI QPUF; Tem: V+PUBO); 16:2; 19:15 (Ben: N+dat; Pur: V+JOB); John 1:48; 2:9 (Tem: V+X K); 4:16; 9:18, 24 (Mea: P/FL; Res: A/PV>O); 10:3 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); 11:28a (Man: A/MB RSB]), 28b; 12:17 (Sou: P/FL); 13:13 (Man: V+); 18:33; Acts 9:41; 10:7 187. GXOFX (3): A{C}(E) {CJP, P=V} act. [cf. §6.6c] N: Matt 26:34, 74 (Tem: A/FVRFXK), 75; Mark 1:26 (Ins: N+dat); 14:30 (Mea: A/EJK), 68, 72a (Mea: P/FL; Tem: A/FVRVK), 72b (Mea: A/EJK); Luke 22:34 (Tem: A/TI NFSPO; Tem: V+FXK), 60 (Tem: A/QBSBYSI_NB; Tem: Part+gen), 61 (Tem: A/TI NFSPO); John 13:38 (Tem: V+FXK); 18:27 (Tem: A/FVRFXK); Acts 10:18 188. YSINBUJ[X (1): ACE ^C –or act. [cf. §5.11] N—V-i3 N+dat: Luke 2:26 189. YSINBUJ[X (2a): ACE ^E –or act. [cf. §5.11] N—N+acc V-i2: Matt 2:12 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); Acts 10:22 N—N+acc DNC: Matt 2:22 (Man: P/LBUB [+acc]); Heb 8:5 N—DNC DNC: Heb 12:25 190. YSINBUJ[X (2b): ACE ^E CJT –or act. N—N+acc P/QFSJ [+gen]: Heb 11:7 (Ins: N+dat) 191. YSINBUJ[X (3): (A)C(E)+R CJP act. N—N+1: Acts 11:26 (Loc: P/FO; Tem: A/QSX UXK); Rom 7:3 (Cnd: V+FB O; Tem: Part+gen)

APPENDICES

A. De¿nitions: Thematic Roles Agent (Agt): The entity that actively instigates an action and/or is the ultimate cause of a change in another entity. Benefactive (Ben): The ultimate entity for which an action is performed or for which, literally or ¿guratively, something happens or exists. Cause (Cau): The circumstantial motivation for an action or event. Comitative (Com): The entity or event associated with another entity or event. Condition (Cnd): The entity or event required for another event to occur. Content (Con): The content of a sensory, cognitive, or emotional event or activity. Current (Cur): The present state of an entity. Experiencer (Exp): The animate entity that undergoes a sensory, cognitive, or emotional event or activity. Goal (Goa): The literal or ¿gurative entity towards which something moves. Instrument (Ins): The means by which an action is performed or something happens. Locative (Loc): The literal or ¿gurative place in which an entity is situated or an event occurs.

Appendices

233

Manner (Man): The circumstantial quali¿cation of an action or event. Measure (Mea): The quanti¿cation of an action or event. Patient (Pat): The entity undergoing an action. Purpose (Pur): The goal of a complete event. Result (Res): The consequence of a complete event. Resultative (Rst): The ¿nal state of an entity. Source (Sou): The literal or ¿gurative entity from which something moves. Temporal (Tem): The time, either durative or punctual, of an action or event. Theme (Thm): The entity moving from one place to another or located in a place. Topic (Top): The topic or focus of a mental or psychological state, event, or activity. Vocative (Voc): The directly addressed entity.

1

Appendices

234

B. The Feature Model Description of Usages from Event ACE ACE

1

Excl Aug none none – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – (A) – (A) – (E) – (E) – (E) – (E) – (E) +B (E) +B (E) +R (A,E) +R

| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |

Oral +or – – – – – – – – – – – –or –or –or –or –or –or –or –or –or none none none none none none none none none none

Emph ^C – – – – – – ^E ^E ^E ^E ^E – – _ – _ ^E ^E ^E ^E none none none none none none none none none none

Supp C – – {C} {C} – – – – {C} {C} – – – {C} – – – – – none none – {P} – {P} none none none none

Funct C=C – – – – CJT CJT – – – – CJT – – – – CJT – – CJT CJT – – CJP CJP CJP CJP CJP CJP CJP CJP

Aff act mid pass – mid – mid – mid – mid – – mid pass – – – pass – pass – mid – mid – mid – pass – –

= Usage = #1 = #2 = #3 = #4 = #5 = #6 = #7 = #8 = #9 = #10 = #11 = #12 = #13 #14 = #15 = #16 = #17 = #18 = #19 = #20 = #21 = #22 = #23 = #24 = #25 = #26 = #27 = #28 = #29 = #30 = #31

Appendices

235

C. The Feature Model Description of Usages from Event ACEB ACEB Excl none – – – –

1

Aug none – – – –

| | | | | |

Oral +or – – – –

Emph ^C – – ^E ^E

Supp C {C} – – {C}

Funct C=C – CJT – –

Aff pass – – – –

= Usage = #32 = #33 = #34 = #35 = #36

BIBLIOGRAPHY Abbot, Ezra, ‘Critical Notice on Richard Chenevix Trench’s Synonyms of the New Testament’, North American Review 114 (1872): 171-93. Ackerman, Farrell, and John Moore, ‘Valence and the Semantics of Causativization’, BLS 20 (1994): 1-13. Aland, Barbara, et al. (eds), The Greek New Testament (Stuttgart: Biblia-Druck, 4th rev. edn, 1993). Allan, Rutger J., The Middle Voice in Ancient Greek: A Study in Polysemy (ASCP 11; Amsterdam: Gieben, 2003). Allerton, D.J., Valency and the English Verb (New York: Academic Press, 1982). Anderson, Hugh, ‘Fourth Maccabees’, ABD 4, 452-54. Bakker, E., ‘Voice, Aspect, and Aktionsart: Middle and Passive in Ancient Greek’, in Voice: Form and Function (ed. B. Fox and P.J. Hopper; Amsterdam: Benjamins, 1994), pp. 23-47. Bauer, Walter et al., A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1979). Betz, Hans Dieter, Galatians: A Commentary on Paul’s Letter to the Christians in Galatia (Hermeneia; Philadelphia: Fortress, 1979). Bresnan, J., and J.M. Kaneva, ‘Locative Inversion in Chichewa: A Case Study of Factorization in Grammar’, LInq 20 (1989): 1-50. Brown, Raymond E., The Gospel According to John I–XXI, (AB 29; Garden City, NY: Doubleday, 1996). Brown, Raymond E., Pheme Perkins, and Anthony J. Saldarini, ‘Apocrypha; Dead Sea Scrolls; Other Jewish Literature’, NJBC, 1055-82. Bruce, F.F., The Epistle to the Galatians: A Commentary on the Greek Text (NIGTC; Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans, 1982). Buttmann, Alexander, A Grammar of the New Testament Greek (Andover: Draper, 1880). Chatman, Seymour, Story and Discourse: Narrative Structure in Fiction and Film (Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press, 1978). Cicero, The Republic and the Law (trans. Niall Rudd; Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press, 1998). Cornish, Francis, ‘Implicit Internal Arguments, Event Structures, Predication and Anaphoric Reference’, in The Grammar-Pragmatics Interface: Essays in Honor of Jeanette K. Gindel (ed. Nancy Hedberg and Ron Zacharski; Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2007), 189-216. Cruse, D.A., ‘Some Thoughts on Agentivity’, JLing 9 (1973): 11-23. Danove, Paul L., ‘The BJUFX/BJUFPNBJ Distinction in the New Testament: A Proposal’, FgNT 25 (2012): 101-18. ——‘A Comparison of the Usage of BLPVX and BLPVX-Compounds in the Septuagint and New Testament’, FgNT 14 (2001): 65-85.

Bibliography

237

—— ‘A Comparison of the Usages of EJEXNJ and EJEXNJ Compounds in the Septuagint and New Testament’, in The Language of the New Testament: Context, History and Development (ed. Stanley E. Porter and Andrew W. Pitts; LBS 4; Leiden: E.J. Brill, forthcoming). ——‘Distinguishing Goal and Locative Complements of New Testament Verbs of Transference’, FgNT 39-40 (2007): 51-68. ——Grammatical and Exegetical Study of New Testament Verbs of Transference: A Case Frame Guide to Interpretation and Translation (NTGk 13; LNTS 329; London: T&T Clark, 2009). ——‘-FHX Melding in the Septuagint and New Testament’, FgNT 16 (2003): 19-31. ——‘The Licensing Properties of New Testament Verbs of Non-Spoken Communication’, FgNT 24 (2011): 41-58. ——Linguistics and Exegesis in the Gospel of Mark: Applications of a Case Frame Analysis and Lexicon (JSNTSup 218; NTGk 10; Shef¿eld: Shef¿eld Academic Press, 2002). ——‘The Usages of EJEXNJ in the Septuagint: Its Interpretation and Translation’, BIOSCS 43 (2010): 23-40. ——‘Verbs of Transference and Their Derivatives of Motion and State in the New Testament: A Study of Focus and Perspective’, FgNT 19 (2006): 53-71. deSilva, David A., 4 Maccabees (Shef¿eld: Shef¿eld Academic Press, 1998). Dowty, David R., ‘Thematic Proto-Roles and Argument Selection’, Language 67 (1991): 574-619. Elliott, David J., ‘4 Maccabees’, OBC, 790-92. Fillmore, Charles J., ‘The Case for Case’, in Universals in Linguistic Theory (ed. Emmon Bach and Robert T. Harms; New York: Holt, Reinhart & Winston, 1968), pp. 1-88. ——‘Pragmatically Controlled Zero Anaphora’, BLS 12 (1986): 95-107. ——‘Topics in Lexical Semantics’, in Current Issues in Linguistic Theory (ed. Roger W. Cole; Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1977), pp. 76-138. Fillmore, Charles J., and Paul Kay, Construction Grammar (Stanford: CSLI, 1999). Fraser, Bruce, and John R. Ross, ‘Idioms and Unspeci¿ed N[oun] P[hrase] Deletion’, LInq 1 (1970): 264-65. Fried, Mirjam, and Jan-Ola Östman, ‘Construction Grammar: A Thumbnail Sketch’, in Construction Grammar in a Cross-Language Perspective (ed. Mirjam Fried and Jan-Ola Östman; Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2004), pp. 11-86. Goddard, Cliff, Semantic Analysis: A Practical Introduction (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998). Goldberg, Adele, ‘The Inherent Semantics of Argument Structure: The Case of the English Ditransitive Construction’, CogLing 3, no. 1 (1992): 37-64. Goodwin, William Watson, Greek Grammar (Boston: Ginn, 1930). Harris, Randy Allen, The Linguistics Wars (New York: Oxford University Press, 1993). Hovav, Malka Rappaport, and Beth Levin, ‘The English Dative Alternation: The Case for Verb Sensitivity’, JLing 44 (2008): 129-67. Janneris, Antonius Nicholas, An Historical Greek Grammar (London: MacMillan, 1897). Johnson, Luke Timothy, The Acts of the Apostles (SPS 5; Collegeville, MN: Liturgical, 1992). Jones, H.M., Studies in Roman Government and Law (New York: Praegen, 1960).

1

238

Bibliography

Kay, Paul, and Charles J. Fillmore, ‘Grammatical Constructions and Linguistic Generalizations: The “What’s X doing Y?” Construction’, Language 75.1 (1999): 1-33. Kittilä, Seppo, and Fernando Zúñiga, ‘Introduction: Benefaction and Malefaction from a Cross-linguistic Perspective’, in Benefactives and Malefactives: Typological Properties and Case Studies (ed. Fernando Zúñiga and Seppo Kittilä; TSL 2; Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2010), pp. 1-28. Klaman, M.H., Grammatical Voice (CSL 59; Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1991). Krifka, Manfred, ‘Semantic and Pragmatic Conditions for the Dative Alternation’, Korean Journal of English Language and Linguistics 4 (2004): 1-32. Kühner, R., and B. Gerth, Ausführliche Grammatik der Griechische Sprache. II. (Munich: Max Hueber, 1963). Lambrecht, Knud, and K. Lemoine, ‘De¿nite Null Objects in (Spoken) French: A Construction Grammar Account’, in Grammatical Constructions: Back to the Roots (ed. Mirjam Fried and Hans C. Boas; CAL 4; Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 2005), pp. 13-55. Lehrer, Adrienne, ‘Checklist for Verbs of Speaking’, Acta Linguistica Hungarica 38, nos. 1-4 (1988): 143-61. Levin, Beth, English Verb Classes and Alternations: A Preliminary Investigation (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1993). Louw, J.P., and Eugene Albert Nida (eds), Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament: Based on Semantic Domains (2 vols.; New York: UBS, 1988). Lyons, J., Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics (London: Cambridge University Press, 1969). Matthews, Peter, Syntax (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981). McCawley, James D., Grammar and Meaning (New York: Academic Press, 1976). Mittwoch, Anita, ‘Idioms and Unspeci¿ed N[oun] P[hrase] Deletion’, LInq 2 (1971): 255-59. Newmeyer, Frederick J., Linguistic Theory in America: The First Quarter-Century of Transformational Generative Grammar (New York: Academic Press, 1980). Pervo, Richard I., Acts: A Commentary (Hermeneia; Minneapolis: Fortress, 2009). Pesetsky, David, Zero Syntax: Experiencers and Cascades (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1995). Pinker, Steven, Learnability and Cognition: The Acquisition of Argument Structure (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1987). Porter, Stanley E., Idioms of the Greek New Testament (Shef¿eld: Shef¿eld Academic Press, 1992). Rijksbaron, A., The Syntax and Semantics of the Verb in Classical Greek: An Introduction (Amsterdam: Gieben, 3rd edn, 2002). Robertson, A.T., A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research (New York: Hodder & Stoughton, 1908). ——A Short Grammar of the New Testament (New York: Hodder & Stoughton, 1908). Saeed, John I., Semantics (Oxford: Blackwell, 1997). Sag, Ivan, and Jorge Hankamer, ‘Toward a Theory of Anaphoric Processing’, L&P 7 (1984): 325-45. Saller, Richard, Personal Patronage Under the Early Empire (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1982). 1

Bibliography

239

Smyth, Herbert Weir, Greek Grammar (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1959). ——Greek Series for Colleges and Schools (New York: American Book Company, 1906). Somers, H.L., Valency and Case in Computational Linguistics (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1987). Speas, Margaret, Phrase Structure in Natural Language (Nordrecht: Kluwer, 1990). Stählin, Gustav, ‘BJUFX’, TDNT 1, 191-93. Tesnière, Lucien, Éléments de Syntaxe Structurale (Paris: C. Klincksieck, 1959). Thayer, Joseph H., Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament: Coded with Strong’s Concordance Numbers (Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1908). Turner, Nigel, A Greek Grammar of the New Testament, Vol. 3: Syntax (Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1963). Valesco, D. García, and C. Portrero Muñiz, ‘Understood Objects in Functional Grammar’, WPiFG 76 (2002): 1-22. Wallace, Daniel B., Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics: With Scripture, Subject, and Greek Word Indexes (Grand Rapids, MI: Zondervan, 1996). Walmsley, John B., ‘The English Comitative Case and the Concept of Deep Structure’, Foundations of Language 7 (1971): 493-507.

1

INDEX OF VERBS

BHHFMMX, 52, 175, 178, 183, 188 BJUFX, 8, 15, 16, 25, 26, 52, 58, 77, 80, 81, 84-87, 90, 145, 147, 148, 151, 155, 156, 158, 159, 170, 175, 178, 180, 181, 183, 184, 188, 189 BMIRFVX, 30, 63, 175, 189 BOBCPB X, 30, 63, 175, 189 BOBHHFMMX, 50, 52, 175, 189 BOBHJOX TLX, 6, 9, 34, 50, 52, 117, 121, 122, 175, 178, 183, 184, 189 BOBHOXSJ[X, 97-99, 103, 104, 175, 190 BOBEFJLOVNJ, 99, 123, 175, 179, 190 BOBLSB [X, 16, 52, 67, 68, 125, 175, 178, 179, 183 BOBNJNOI] TLX, 26, 27, 97, 107-109, 175, 180, 190 BOBGXOFX, 52, 71, 175, 178, 179, 190 BOUBQPLSJOPNBJ, 32, 35, 36, 135, 137, 174, 190 BQBHHFMMX, 7, 18, 52, 68, 171, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 191 BQBUB X, 96, 109, 175, 180, 191 BQFJMFX, 52, 53, 58, 145, 159, 175, 178, 183, 191 BQPEFJLOVNJ, 99, 104, 175, 179, 192 BQPLBMVQUX, 95, 99, 103, 104, 162, 175, 179, 192 BQPLSJOPNBJ, 24, 30, 32, 35, BQPMPHFPNBJ, 50, 58, 61, 68, 70, 175, 176, 178, 183, 184, 193, 194 BQPTUPNBUJ[X, 83, 175, 180, 194 BQPUB TTPNBJ, 30, 64, 175, 194 BQPGRFHHPNBJ, 58, 126, 175, 178, 183, 184, 194 CPB X, 52, 67, 68, 125, 175, 178, 179, 183, 194 HOXSJ[X, 95, 99, 100, 175, 179, 194 HPHHV[X, 52, 68, 170, 175, 178, 179, 184, 195 HSB GX, 7, 11, 23, 33, 42, 43, 95, 99, 100, 101, 104-106, 111, 119, 123-27, 175, 179, 195, 196 EFJLOVNJ, 10, 31, 32, 96, 99, 104, 163, 175, 179, 197 EFJLOVX, 99, 175, 179, 197 EFPNBJ, 7, 24, 30, 32, 35, 36, 68, 135, 137-40, 142, 174, 176, 177, 185, 197 EIMP X, 96, 99, 101, 175, 179, 198 EINIHPSFX, 30, 63, 175, 198 EJBCFCBJP PNBJ, 65, 175, 178, 198 EJBHHFMMX, 50, 52, 175, 178, 184, 198

Index of Verbs

241

EJBHPHHV[X, 52, 69, 171, 175, 178, 179, 198 EJBMBMFX, 50, 52, 53, 60, 62, 175, 178, 184, 198 EJBMFHPNBJ, 50, 52, 53, 62, 175, 178, 184, 198 EJBMPHJ[PNBJ, 58, 62, 67, 68, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 199 EJBNBSUVSPNBJ, 58, 62, 67, 68, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 199 EJBOFVX, 99, 175, 179, 199 EJBTBGFX, 99, 175, 179, 199 EJBTUFMMPNBJ, 58, 59, 68, 69, 170, 175, 176, 178, 179, 183, 184, 199 EJBUB TTX, 7, 52, 53, 58, 59, 130, 145, 146, 160, 175, 178, 183, 184, 200 EJEB TLX, 10, 11, 17, 28, 29, 52, 67, 77, 80, 83, 84, 90, 91, 169, 171, 175, 178, 180, 181, 183, 184, 200, 201, 210 EJFSNIOFVX, 50, 52, 175, 178, 184, 201 EJFSXUB X, 50, 52, 175, 178, 184, 201 EJIHFPNBJ, 58, 59, 65, 66, 175, 178, 183, 184, 201, 202 EJJTYVSJ[PNBJ, 58, 59, 65, 66, 175, 178, 183, 184, 201, 202 FLEJIHFPNBJ, 58, 175, 178, 184, 202 FLMBMFX, 52, 203, 175, 178, 183, 203 FLUJRINJ, 58, 68, 123, 170, 203 FNGBOJ[X, 99, 101, 103, 104, 106, 175, 179, 203 FOEFJLOVNBJ, 102, 175, 179, 203 FOOFVX, 99, 175, 179, 203 FOUFMMPNBJ, 10, 58, 59, 65-68, 175, 176, 178, 179, 183, 184, 203 FOUVHYB OX, 65, 175, 178, 204 FDBHHFMMX, 52, 175, 178, 184, 204 FDBJUFPNBJ, 80, 175, 176, 180, 204 FDIHFPNBJ, 58, 59, 175, 178, 183, 184, 204 FDPNPMPHFX, 30, 58, 62, 64, 121, 122, 175, 178, 183, 184, 204, 205 FQBHHFMMPNBJ, 58, 60, 61, 67, 68, 170, 175, 176, 178, 183, 184, 205 FQBOBNJNOI ]TLX, 107, 175, 180, 205 FQFSXUB X, 9, 55, 77, 76, 78, 80, 83, 90, 91, 141, 169, 175, 180, 181, 183, 184, 205, 206 FQJEFJLOVNJ, 99, 104, 124, 175, 179, 206, FQJMVX, 50, 52, 175, 178, 184, 206 FQJTUFMMX, 96, 99, 100, 104, 105, 175, 179, 206 FQJUB TTX, 30, 52, 53, 63, 175, 178, 183, 184, 206 FQJUJNB X, 30, 52, 53, 63, 67, 68, 141, 170, 175, 178, 179, 183, 193, 206, 207 FQJGXOFX, 52, 67, 68, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 207 FSXUB X, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 19, 77, 78, 83, 90, 91, 169, 175, 180, 181, 183, 184, 207, 208 FUFSPEJEBTLBMFX, 30, 63, 175, 208 FVBHHFMJ[X, 31, 50-52, 58, 59, 64, 76-80, 82, 84, 89, 145, 162, 163, 175, 178, 180, 183, 184, 208, 209, 213 FVYPNBJ, 58, 60, 135, 136, 139, 175, 176, 183, 184, 179, 209  LBUBHHFMMX, 50, 52, 54, 55, 175, 178, 184, 209 LBUBOFVX, 99, 100, 175, 179, 209 LBUIYFX, 76, 77, 175, 180, 184, 209 LFMFVX, 10, 15, 77, 175, 180, 183, 210 LISVTTX, 41, 50, 52, 54, 62, 67, 68, 70, 175, 176, 178, 179, 183, 184, 210,

242

Index of Verbs

LSB [X, 52, 67, 68, 70, 125, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 210, 211 LSBVHB [X, 52, 67, 68, 70, 125, 175, 178, 179, 183, 211 MBMFX, 11, 17, 18, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 50, 52, 56, 62, 65, 67, 68, 70, 73, 173, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 200, 211, 213 MFHX, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 19, 20, 34, 35, 40-43, 49, 50, 52, 53, 55-57, 63, 65, 6771, 73, 75, 80, 86, 87, 89-92, 94, 104, 111, 116, 120, 125, 126-31, 133, 141-43, 152, 165, 169, 171, 173, 175, 177, 179, 181-84, 187, 193, 211, 214, 221 NBSUVSPNBJ, 58, 70, 175, 178, 183, 184, 211, 221, NIOVX, 96, 99, 175, 179, 222 OFVX, 99, 175, 179, 222 OPVRFUFX, 83, 175, 180, 222 P NJMFX, 12, 14, 63, 65, 175, 178, 222 PNOVX, 52, 67, 68, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 205, 222 P NPMPHFX, 30, 51, 52, 54, 63, 65, 70, 172, 178, 179, 183, 184, 222, 223 QBSBHHFMMX, 51-53, 68, 170, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 223 QBSBLBMFX, 76, 77, 79, 90, 91, 93, 81-83, 90, 91, 100, 169, 175, 180, 181, 183, 184, 22325 QSPBJUJB PNBJ, 80, 81, 175, 180, 183, 225 QSPHSB GX, 96, 99, 104, 175, 179, 225, QSPFQBHHFMMPNBJ, 58, 60, 175, 178, 184, 225 QSPFVBHHFMJ[PNBJ, 58, 175, 178, 183, 225 QSPLBUBHHFMMX, 52, 65, 175, 178, 184, 224, 225 QSPLISVTTX, 52, 175, 178, 184, 225 QSPMFHX, 51, 52, 70, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 225 QSPNBSUVSPNBJ, 58, 175, 178, 184, 226 QSPTBQFJMFPNBJ, 65, 175, 176, 179, 226 QSPTFVYPNBJ, 30, 51, 58, 60, 64-66, 68, 71, 136, 138, 139, 170, 175, 179, 183, 184, 226 QSPTMBMFX, 52, 175, 178, 227, QSPTUB TTX, 51, 52, 53, 175, 178, 183, 184, 227, QSPTGXOFX, 52, 68, 71, 123, 124, 170, 175, 178, 179, 227 QSPGIUFVX, 52, 65, 68, 170, 175, 178, 179, 183, 184, 190, 227 QVORB OPNBJ, 58, 122, 123, 171, 175, 176, 178, 183, 184, 228  TINBJOX, 99, 175, 179, 228 TV[IUFX, 52, 68, 170, 175, 178, 179, 184, 228 TVMMBMFX, 52, 68, 170, 175, 178, 179, 228, TVMMPHJ[PNBJ, 58, 63, 69, 171, 172, 175, 178, 179, 228 TVNCPVMFVX, 52, 53, 122, 123, 175, 178, 183, 229 TVOPNJMFX, 65, 175, 178, 229 TVOUB TTX, 52, 53, 175, 178, 229 

Index of Verbs VQFSFOUVHYB OX, 30, 63, 175, 229 VQPEFJLOVNJ, 99, 100, 175, 179, 229 VQPNJNOI] TLX, 97, 107-110, 175, 180, 229 GBOFSP X, 96, 99, 104, 175, 179, 229, 230 GB TLX, 52, 175, 178, 183, 230 GINJ, 20, 52, 67, 68, 141, 171, 175, 176, 178, 183, 184, 193, 206, 230 GRFHHPNBJ, 58, 175, 176, 178, 183, 231 GSB [X, 52, 175, 178, 184, 231, GXOFX, 6, 30, 52, 69, 119, 123, 125, 171, 172, 231 YSINBUJ[X, 99, 107, 109, 110, 131, 231

243

INDEX OF AUTHORS Abbot, E. 145 Ackerman, F. 5 Aland, B. 2 Allan, R.J. 24, 25, 35, 36, 176 Allerton, D.J. 16 Anderson, H. 172 Bakker, E. 25 Bauer, W. 55 Betz, H.D. 89 Bresnan, J. 4 Brown, R.E. 86, 148, 172 Bruce, F.F. 86, 148, 172 Buttmann, A. 129 Chatman, S. 147 Cicero 161 Cornish, F. 15 Cruse, D.A. 6 Danove, P.L. 1, 4, 5, 19, 24, 25, 37, 38, 60-62, 94, 109, 117, 147 deSilva, D.A. 172 Dowty, D.R. 5, 54 Elliott, D.J. 172 Fillmore, C.J. 1, 3, 5, 15, 17, 18, 98 Fraser, B. 1, 3, 5, 15, 17, 18, 98 Fried, M. 3, 16, 18 Gerth, B. 3, 16, 18 Goddard, C. 22 Goldberg, A. 28 Goodwin, W.W. 129 Hankamer, J. 17 Harris, R.A. 1 Hovav, M.R. 28

Janneris, A.N. 37 Johnson, L.T. 155 Jones, H.M. 161 Kaneva, J.M. 4 Kay, P. 1, 3, 17, 18, 98, Kittilä, S. 40 Klaman, M.H. 24 Krifka, M. 126 Kühner, R. 28 Lambrecht, K. 16 Lehrer, A. 28 Lemoine, K. 16 Levin, B. 3, 28 Louw, J.P. 60, 138 Lyons, J. 24 Matthews, P. 15 McCawley, J.D. 2 Mittwoch, A. 15 Moore, J. 5 Muñiz, C.P. 15 Newmeyer, F.J. 2 Nida, E.A. 60, 138 Östman, J.-O. 3, 18 Perkins, P. 172 Pervo, R.I. 140 Pesetsky, D. 28 Pinker, S. 28 Porter, S.E. 38 Rijksbaron, A. 25 Robertson, A.T. 38, 55, Ross, J.R. 17

Index of Authors Saeed, J.I. 5, 24 Sag, I. 17 Saldarini, A.J. 172 Saller, R. 155 Somers, H.L. 5 Smyth, H.W. 37, 38, 55, 128 129, 149, 151, 152 Speas, M. 28 Stählin, G. 115 Tesnière, L. 3 Thayer, J.H. 35, 36, 55, 84, 126, 127, 138 Turner, N. 38

Valesco, D.G. 15 Wallace, D.B. 37 Walmsley, J.B. 1 Zúñiga, F. 40

245